PB87-227286
POHC (Principal Organic  Hazardous Constituent)
Analysis Methods  for  Hazardous Waste
incineration. Volume  1,  Part 1
Southern Research  Inst.,  Birmingham, AL
Prepared for

Environmental Protection Agency
Research Triangle  Park,  NC
Aug 87
                      U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
                   National Technical Information Service
                                                »

-------

-------
                      NOTICE

This document has been reviewed in accordance with
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency policy and
approved for publication.  Mention of trade names
or commercial products does not constitute endorse-
ment or recommendation for use.

-------
                                   FOREWORD
     This report has been prepared by Southern Research  Institute  as  part  of
ongoing studies in support of regulatory programs of Environmental Protection
Agency's (EPA's) Air and Energy Engineering Research Laboratory, Research
Triangle Park, North Carolina.  This report contains criteria for  the analysis
methods for determination of principal organic hazardous constituents (POHCs)
from the combustion of hazardous waste.  The data in this report are  intended
as a reference to be used by laboratories that are monitoring the  hazardous-
waste streams of incineration facilities.  Because of subtle differences among
laboratories and analytical instrumentation, analysts who participate in simi-
lar studies should generate data that will establish their own criteria for the
analysis of POHCs.
                                   ABSTRACT

       As  part  of the Resource Conservation  and  Recovery Act of 1976, the
  U.S.  Environmental  Protection Agency has proposed regulations for  owners
  and operators  of facilities  that treat  hazardous wastes by  incineration
  to ensure that  these  incinerators will be  operated  in  an environmentalTy
  responsible manner.   The  primary criterion  upon which  the  operational
  specifications  are  based is the destruction and  removal efficiency (ORE)
  of the  incinerator.   The ORE value,  defined  in"terms of waste-input and
  stack-output  levels of designated principal organic hazardous constituents
  (POHCs), must be equal to  or  greater  than  99.99%.

       In  support of  the ORE requirement,  we evaluated and, when necessary,
  modified generalized  GC/FID,  GC/MS, and HPLC/UV  analysis methods  for the
  determination of approximately  70 candidate POHCs.   These candidate POHCs
  represent a variety of compound types, including alcohols, esters,  chlori-
  nated aliphatics and  aromatics, carboxylic acids, aliphatic and aromatic
  amines,  nitrated aromatics,  nitrosamines,  hydrazines,  nitriles, - organo-
  sulfur  compounds, and polynuclear aromatics and heterocyclics.

       The developed  generalized  GC/MS  and HPLC/UV methods are suitable for
  inclusion in  the POHC   Method  Manual,  Sampling and Analysis Methods for
  Hazardous Waste Combustion (EPA-600/8-84-002).   The  methods  were  applied
  to the  determination of candidate organic compounds over  concentration
  ranges  of interest  and demonstrated acceptable  precision  in the  determin-
  ation of most of the  compounds.

-------
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
Foreword	    iii
Abstract	    iii
Figures	    vii
Tables	xviii
Abbreviations and Symbols	     xx
Acknowledgments	    xxi

     1.   Introduction 	      I
               Regulatory Requirements for the Incineration of
                 Hazardous Wastes	      1
               Sampling and Analytical Methods for Hazardous-
                 Waste Incineration. 	      1
               Modification of Directed-Analysis Methods 	      2
     .2.   Conclusions	      4
     3.   Recommendations	      5
     4.   Technical Approach in the Development of
          Generalized Analysis Methods 	 . 	      6
               General Considerations	      6
               Selection of Candidate POHCs	      6
               Preparation of Stock Standard Solutions 	      7
               GC Analysis Procedures	      8
                    Description of instruments and
                      general operating conditions 	      8
                    Optimization of the GC/FID and GC/MS procedure .  .      8
                    GC quality-control procedures	      9
               HPLC/UV Analysis Procedures 	     10
                    Optimization and calibration
                      of the HPLC/UV procedures	     11
                    HPLC/UV quality-control procedures 	     12
     5.   Results and Discussion of the Development
          of Generalized Analytical Methods	     13
               GC/FID and GC/MS analysis 	     13
                    General considerations 	     13
                    POHCs not amenable to GC/FID and GC analysis ...     15
               HPLC Analysis	     19
     6.   Description of Supplementary Methods
          Development and Other Tasks	     24
     7.   Quality-Assurance Summary	     25
References	     26
      Preceding page blank

-------
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                  (continued)
Appendices
          Chromatograms and calibration curves for
          GC/FID determinations	       27
          Chromatograms, mass spectra, and calibration
          curves for GC/MS determinations	       65
          Chromatograms, UV spectra, and calibration
          curves for HPLC/UV determinations	      159
          Description of supplementary method development
          and other tasks. . .	      230

-------
                                    FIGURES
Figure                                                                    Page

A-l      Chromatogram by GC/FID for
         (A)  1,3-dichloro-2-propanol(tR =3.8 rain),
         (B)  pentachloroethaneCtR =5.0 min),
         (C)  benzyl chloride(tR =5.6 min),
         (D)  1,2,4,5-tetrachlorobenzene(tR = 10.5 min), and
         (E)  pentachlorobenzene(tR = 13.1 min)	       28

A-2      Calibration curve for the determination of
         1,3-dichloro-2-propanol by GC/FID	       29

A-3      Calibration curve for the determination of
         pentachloroethane by GC/FID.'	       30

A-4      Calibration curve for the determination of
         benzyl chloride by GC/FID	       31

A-5      Calibration curve for the determination of
         1,2,4,5-tetrachlorobenzene by GC/FID 	       32

A-6      Calibration curve for the determination of
         pentachlorobenzene by GC/FID 	  	       33

A-7      Chromatogram by GC/FID for
         (A)  dimethyl sulfate(tR = 3.4 min),
         (B)  1,4-naphthoquinoneOtR = 11.7 min),
         (C)  9,10-dimethyl-l,2-benzanthracene(tR = 26.0 min), and
         (D)  dibenz[a,j]acridine(tR = 31.5 min)	       34

A-8      Calibration curve for the determination of
         dimethyl sulfate by GC/FID 	  	       35

A-9      Calibration curve for the determination of
         1,4-naphthoquinone by GC/FID 	       36

A-10     Calibration curve for the determination of
         .9 ,10-dimethyl-l.2-benzanthracene by GC/FID	       37

A-ll     Calibration curve for the determination of
         dibenz[a,jlacridine by GC/FID	       38

A-12     Chromatogram by GC/FID for
         (A)  methanesulfonic acid ethyl ester(tR = 4.6 min), and
         (B)  alpha-naphthylamine(tR = 13.6 min)	       39


                                  (continued)

                                      vii

-------
                                    FIGURES
                                  (continued)

Figure                                                                    Page
A-13     Calibration curve for the determination of
         methanesulfonic acid ethyl ester by GC/FID  	  .       40

A-14     Calibration curve for the determination of
         alpha-naphthylamine by GC/FID	  .       41

A-15     Chromatogram by GC/FID for
         (A)  methyl hydrazine,
         (B)  ethylene diamine,
         (C)  N-nitroso-N-methylethylamine,
         (D)  malononitrile,
         (E)  2,6-diaminotoluene,
         (F)  £-dinitrobenzene, and
         (G)  £-nitroaniline	       42

A-16     Calibration curve for the determination of
         ethylene diamine by GC/FID 	       43

A-17     Calibration curve for the determination of
         JJ-nitroso-N-methylethylamine by GC/FID ....... 	       44

A-18     Calibration curve for the determination of
         malononitrile'by GC/FID	       45

A-19     Calibration curve for the determination of
         2,6-diaminotoluene by GC/FID  	       46

A-20     Calibration curve for the determination of
         j>-di nitrobenzene by GC/FID	       47

A-21     Calibration curve for the determination of
         _p-nitroaniline by GC/FID 	       48

A-22     Chromatogram by GC/FID for
         (A)   Jtf-nitrosodiethylamine,
         (3)   ^-nitrosopyrrolidine,
         (C)   4-chloroaniline,
         (D)   ^~nitrosodibutylamine,
         (E)   3 ,4-diaminotoluene,
         (F)   2,4-diaminotoluene, and
         (G)   m-dinitrobenzene 	       49

A-23     Calibration curve for the determination of
         N-nitrosodiethylamine by GC/FID	       50
                                  (continued)

                                     viii

-------
                                    FIGURES
                                   (continued)

Figure                    .                                                Page


A-24     Calibration curve  for  the determination  of
         JY-nitrosopyrrolidine by GC/FID  	       51

A-25     Calibration curve  for  the determination  of
         4-chloroaniline by GC/FID	       52

A-26     Calibration curve  for  the determination  of
         ^-nitrosodibutylamine  by GC/FID	       53

A-27     Calibration curve  for  the determination  of
         3,4-diaminotoluene by  GC/FID  	       54

A-28     Calibration curve  for  the determination  of
         2,4-diaminotoluene by  GC/FID  	       55

A-29     Calibration curve  for  the determination  of
         m-dinitrobenzene by GC/FID 	       56

A-30     Chromatogram by GC/FID for
         (A)  _N-nitroso-N-methylurethane,
         (B)  2 ,6-dichlorophenol, and
         (C)  2,4,5-trichlorophenol	       57

A-31     Calibration curve  for  the determination  of             ~  -
         2,6-dichlorophenol by  GC/FID	58

A-32     Calibration curve  for  the determination  of
         2,4,5-trichlorophenol  by GC/FID	       59

A-33     Chromatogram by GC/FID for
         (A)  safrole,
         (B)  nicotine, and
         (C)  2-acetamidof luorene	  .       60

A-34     Calibration curve  for  the determination  of
         safrole by GC/FID	       61

A-35     Calibration curve  for  the determination  of
         nicotine by GC/FID	       62

A-36     Calibration curve  for  the determination  of
         2-acetamidof luorene by GC/FID	       63

A-37     Chromatogram by GC/FID for all candidate POHCs  	       64

                                  (continued)

                                      ix

-------
                                    FIGURES
                                  (continued)

Figure                                                                    Page

B-l      Chromatogram by GC/MS for
         (A)  1,3-dichloro-2-propanol,
         (B)  pentachloroethane,
         (C)  benzyl chloride,
         (D)  1,2,4 ,5-tetrachlorobenzene, and
         (E)  pentachlorobenzene	      66

B-2      Mass spectrum for 1 ,3-dichloro-2-propanol	      67

B-3 •     Calibration curve for the determination of
         1,3-dichloro-2-propanol by GC/MS	      69

B-4      Mass spectrum for pentachloroethane	      70

B-5      Calibration curve for the determination of
         pentachloroethane by GC/MS ....  	      72

B-6      Mass spectrum for benzyl chloride	      73

B-7      Calibration curve for the determination of
         benzyl chloride by GC/MS 	 75

B-8      Mass spectrum for 1,2 ,4 ,5-tetrachlorobenzene	      76

B-9      Calibration curve for the determination of                •       "
         1 ,2 ,4 ,5-tetrachlorobenzene by GC/MS	      78

5-10     Mass spectrum for pentachlorobenzene	      79

ti-H      Calibration curve for the determination of
         pentachlorobenzene by GC/MS.  ...  	      81

B-12     Chromatogram by GC/MS for
         (A)  dimethyl sulfate,
         (B)  1,4-naphthoquinone,
         (C)  9 ,10-dimethyl-l,2-benzanthracene, and
         (D)  dibenzfa,j]acridine 	      82

B-13     Mass spectrum for dimethyl sulfate	      83

B-14     Calibration curve for the determination of
         dimethyl sulfate by GC/MS	      85

B-15     Mass spectrum for 1 ,4-naphthoquinone	      86


                                  (continued)

-------
                                    FIGURES
                                  (continued)

Figure                                     •                               Page

B-16     Calibration curve for the determination of
         1,4-naphthoquinone by GC/MS	       88

B-17     Mass spectrum for 9,10-dimethyl-l,2-benzanthracene  	       89

B-18     Calibration curve for the determination of
         9,10-dimethyl-l ,2-benzanthracene  by GC/MS	       91

B-19     Mass spectrum for dibenzfa,jJacridine	       92

B-20     Calibration curve for the determination of
         dibenzfa,j]acridine by GC/MS  	       94

B-21     Chromatogram by GC/MS for
         (A)  methanesulfonic acid ethyl ester and
         (B)  alpha-naphthylamine 	       95

B-22     Mass spectrum for methanesulfonic acid ethyl  ester  	       96

B-23   .  Calibration curve for the determination of
         methanesulfonic acid ethyl ester  by GC/MS.	       98

B-24     Mass spectrum for alpha-naphthylamine	:       99

B-25     Calibration curve for the determination of
         alpha-naphthylamine by GC/MS  	      101

B-26     Chromatogram by GC/MS for
         (A).   JJ-nitrosodiethylamine,
         (B)   jtf-nitrosopyrrolidine,
         (C)   4-chloroaniline,
         (D)   j^-nitrosodibutylamine,
         (E)   3,4-diaminotoluene,
         (F)   2,4-diaminotoluene, and
         (G)   m-dinitrobenzene 	      102

B-27     Mass spectrum for j^-nitrosodiethylamine	      103

B-28     Calibration curve for the determination of
         jj-nitrosodiethylatnine by GC/MS  ,	      104

B-29     Mass spectrum for j4-nitrosopyrrolidine	      106

B-30     Calibration curve for the determination of
         jf-nitrosopyrrolidine by GC/MS	      107

                                  (continued)

-------
                                    FIGURES
                                  (continued)

Figure

B-31     Mass spectrum for 4-chloroantline	      109

B-32     Calibration curve for the determination of
         4-chloroaniline by GC/MS	      Ill

B-33     Mass spectrum for ^-nitrosodibutylamine	      112

B-34     Calibration curve for the determination of
         J^-nitrosodibutylamine by GC/MS  	      114

B-35  -  Mass spectrum for 3,4-diaminotoluene	      115

B-36     Calibration curve for the determination of
         3,4-diaminotoluene by GC/MS	      117

B-37     Mass spectrum for 2,4-diaminotoluene	      118

B-38     Calibration curve for the determination of
         .2,4-diaminotoluene by GC/MS	      120

B-39     Mass spectrum for m-dinitrobenzene	      121

B-40     Calibration curve for the determination of
         m-dinitrobenzene by GC/MS. .	      123

B-41     Chromatogram by GC/MS for
         (A)  _N-nitroso-|J-methylethylamine,
         (B) .2 ,6-diaminotoluene,
         (C)  j)-dinitrobenzene,
         (D)  ja-nitroaniline, and
         (E)  malononitrile	      124

B-42     Mass spectrum for ^-nitroso-N-methylethylamine  	      125

B-43     Calibration curve for the determination of'
         j4-nitroso^N-methylethylamine by GC/MS	      127

C-44     Mass spectrum for 2 ,6-diaminotoluene	      128

B-45     Calibration curve for the determination of
         2,6-diaminotoluene by GC/MS	      130

B-46     Mass spectrum for p-dinitrobenzene	      131


                                  (continued)

                                      xii

-------
                                    FIGURES
                                  (continued)

Figure'                                                                    Page

B-47     Calibration curve for the determination of
         2~dinitrobenzene by GC/MS	      133

B-48     Mass spectrum for p-nitroaniline	      134

B-49     Calibration curve for the determination of
         £-nitroaniline by GC/MS	      136

B-50     Mass spectrum for malononitrile	      137

B-51     Chromatogram by GC/MS for
         (A)  Jl-ni troso-N-methylurethane,
         (B)  2 ,6-dichlorophenol, and
         (C)  2,4,5-trichlorophenol	      139

B-52     Mass spectrum for ^~nitroso-N-methylurethane	      140

B-53     Calibration curve for the determination of
         £-nitroso-N-methylurethane by GC/MS	      142

B-54     Mass spectrum for 2,6-dichlorophenol	      143

B-55     Calibration curve for the determination of                         • -
         2,6-dichlorophenol by GC/MS	      145

B-56     Mass spectrum for 2,4,5-trichlorophenol.  . ".	      146

B-57     Calibration curve for the determination of
         2,4,5-trichlorophenol by GC/MS  	      148

B-58     Chromatogram by GC/MS for
         (A)  safrole,
         (B)  nicotine, and
         (C)  2-acetamidofluorene 	      149

B-59     Mass spectrum for safrole	      150

B-60     Calibration curve for the determination of
         safrole  by GC/MS	      152

B-61     Mass spectrum for nicotine	      153

B-62     Calibration curve for the determination of
         nicotine by GC/MS	      155
                                  (continued)
                                   Xlll

-------
                                    FIGURES
                                  (continued)

Figure                                                                    Page

B-63     Mass spectrum for 2-acetamidofluorene	      156

B-64     Chromatogram by GC/MS for all candidate POHCs	      158

C-l      Chromatogram by HPLC/UV for streptozotocin  	      160

C-2      UV spectrum of streptozotocin	      161

C-3      Calibration curve for the determination of
         streptozotocin by HPLC/UV	      162

C-4      Calibration curve for the determination of
         streptozotocin by HPLC/UV(280nm) 	  ' .   163

C-5      Chromatogram by HPLC/UV for phenol	  .	      164

C-6      UV spectrum of phenol	      165

C-7      Calibration curve for the determination of
         phenol by HPLC/UV.	      166

C-8      Calibration curve for the determination of
         phenol by HPLC/UV( 280nm)	      167

C-9      Chromatogram by HPLC/UV for 4-nitrophenol	      168

C-10     UV spectrum of 4-nitrophenol	      169

C-ll     Calibration curve for the determination of
         4-nitrophenol by HPLC/UV	      170

C-12     Calibration curve for the determination of
         4-nitrophenol by HPLC/UV( 280nm)	      171

C-13     Chromatogram by HPLC/UV for o-chlorophenol  	    172

C-14     UV spectrum of £-chlorophenol	      173

C-15     Calibration curve for the determination of
         £-chlorophenol by HPLC/UV	      174

C-16     Calibration curve for the determination of
         £-chlorophenol by HPLC/UV(280nm) 	      175

C-17     Chromatogram by HPLC/UV for acetophenetidinec	      176

                                  (continued)

                                      xiv

-------


Figure
C-18
C-19

C-20
C-21
C-22

C-23

C-24
C-25

C-26
C-27
C-28

C-29

C-30
C-31
C-32

C-33

C-34

C-35
FIGURES
(continued)

UV spectrum of acetophenetidine 	
Calibration curve for the determination of
acetophenetidine by HPLC/UV 	
Chromatogram by HPLC/UV for 5-nitro-o-toluidirie 	
UV spectrum of 5-nitro-o-toluidine 	
Calibration curve for the determination of
5-nitro-o-toluidine by HPLC/UV 	
Chromatogram by HPLC/UV for
tetramethylthiuram disulfide 	
UV spectrum of tetramethylthiuram disulfide 	
Calibration curve for the determination of
tetramethylthiuram disulfide by HPLC/UV 	
Chromatogram by HPLC/UV for 4-chloro-m-cresol 	
UV spectrum of -4-chloro-m-cresol 	
Calibration curve for the determination of
4-chloro-m-cresol by HPLC/UV 	
Calibration curve for the determination of
4-chloro-m-cresol by HPLC/UV(280nm) 	
Chromatogram by HPLC/UV for 2 ,4-dichlorophenol 	
UV spectrum of 2 ,4-dichlorophenol 	
Calibration curve for the determination of
2 ,4-dichlorophenol by HPLC/UV. . 	 	
Calibration curve for the determination of
2,4-dichlorophenol by HPLC/UV(280nm) 	
Chromatogram by HPLC/UV for
3-( alpha-acetonylbenzyl)-4-hydroxycoumarin 	
UV spectrum of 3-(alpha-acetonylbenzyl)-4-hydroxycoumarin. .


Page
177

178
179.
180

181

182
183

184
185
186

187

188
189
190

191

192

193
194
(continued)
    xv

-------
                                    FIGURES
                                  (continued)

Figure                                                    "                Page

C-36     Calibration curve for the determination of
         3-(alpha-acetonylbenzyl)-4-hydroxycoumarin by HPLC/UV.  .  .  .      195

C-37     Chromatogram by HPLC/UV for 2,4,6-trichlorophenol	       196

C-38     UV spectrum of 2,4,6-trichlorophenol 	      197'

C-39     Calibration curve for the determination of
         2,4,6-trichlorophenol by HPLC/UV	"	      198

C-40     Calibration curve for the determination of
         2,4,6-trichlorophenol by HPLC/UV(280nm)	      199

C-41  .   Chromatogram by HPLC/UV for 2,3,4,6-tetrachlorophenol.  .  .  .      200

C-42     UV spectrum of 2 ,3 ,4 ,6-tetrachlorophenol	      201

C-43     Calibration curve for the determination of
         2,3,4,6-tetrachlorophenol by HPLC/UV 	      202

C-44     Calibration curve for the determination of
         2,3,4,6-tetrachlorophenol by HPLC/UV(280nm).  .  .	      203

C-45     Chromatogram by HPLC/UV for reserpine	      204

C-46     UV spectrum of reserpine	      205

C-47     Calibration curve for the determination of
         reserpine by HPLC/UV . .	      206

C-48     Chromatogram by HPLC/UV for chlorambucil  	      207

C-49     UV spectrum of chlorambucil	      208

C-50     Calibration curve for the determination of
         chlorambucil by HPLC/UV	      209

C-51     Chromatogram by HPLC/UV for
         2,4-dichlorophenoxyacetic acid	      210

C-52     UV spectrum of 2 ,4-dichlorophenoxyacetic  acid	      211

C-53     Calibration curve for the determination of
         2,4-dichlorophenoxyacetic acid by HPLC/UV	      212


                                  (continued)
                                      xvi

-------
                                    FIGURES
                                   (continued)
Figure
C-54     Chromatogram by HPLC/UV  for
         2 ,4 ,5-trichlorophenoxyacet ic acid	      213

C-55     UV spectrum of 2 ,4,5-trichlorophenoxyacetic  acid	      214

C-56     Calibration curve  for the  determination  of
         2,4,5-trichlorophenoxyacetic acid by HPLC/UV	      215

C-57     Chromatogram by HPLC/UV  for
         2-(2 ,4 ,5-trichlorophenoxy)propionic acid	      216

C-58     UV spectrum of 2-(2,4 ,5-trichlorophenoxy)propionic- acid  .  .  .     217

C-59     Calibration curve  for the  determination  of
         2-(2',4,5-trichlorophenoxy)propionic acid by  HPLC/UV	     218

C-60     Chromatogram by HPLC/UV  for 4,6-dinitro-o-cresol  and
         methyl yellow	T	     219

C-61     UV spectrum of 4,6-dinitro-o^-cresol	     220

C-62     Calibration curve  for the  determination  of
         4,6-dinitro-£-cresol by  HPLC/UV( 378nm)	     221

C-63     UV spectrum of methyl yellow	     222

C-64     Calibration curve  for the  determination  of
         methyl yellow by HPLC/UV(400nm) 	     223

C-65     Chromadogram by HPLC/UV  for JN-nitroso-N-methylurea.  	     224

C-66     UV spectrum of ^-nitroso-J>J-methylurea	     225

C-67     Calibration curve  for the  determination  of
         ^-nitroso-jtt-tnethylurea by  HPLC/UV	     226

C-68     Chromatogram by HPLC/UV  for saccharin  	     227

C-69     UV spectrum of saccharin	     228

C-70     Calibration curve  for the  determination  of
         saccharin by HPLC/UV	     229
                                    xvn

-------
                                    TABLES
Table                                                                     Page
1        SUMMARY OF GC/FID DETERMINATIONS OF  CANDIDATE  POHCs	    14

2        SUMMARY OF GC/MS DETERMINATIONS OF CANDIDATE POHCs  	    16

3        PRECISION OF GC/FID DETERMINATIONS 	    17

4        PRECISION OF GC/MS DETERMINATIONS	    18

5        SUMMARY OF HPLC/UV DETERMINATIONS OF CANDIDATE POHCs  	    20

6        POTENTIAL CANDIDATES FOR ANALYSIS BY HPLC/UV  	    22

7        PRECISION OF HPLC DETERMINATIONS  .......	    23

B-l      KEY IONS AND RELATIVE ABUNDANCES FOR
           l,3-DICHLORO-2-PROPANOL	    68

B-2      KEY IONS AND RELATIVE ABUNDANCES FOR PENTACHLOROETHANE  ....    71

B-3      KEY IONS AND RELATIVE ABUNDANCES FOR BENZYL CHLORIDE  ......    74

B-4      KEY IONS AND RELATIVE ABUNDANCES FOR
           1,2,4,5-TETRACHLOROBENZENE  	 '	    77

B-5      KEY IONS AND RELATIVE ABUNDANCES FOR PENTACHLOROBENZENE.  ...    80

li-6      KEY IONS AND RELATIVE ABUNDANCES FOR DIMETHYL  SULFATE	    84

B-7   ,   KEY IONS AND RELATIVE ABUNDANCES FOR 1,4-NAPHTHOQUINONE.  ....    87

3-8      KEY IONS AND RELATIVE. ABUNDANCES FOR 9,10-DIMETHYL-l,2-
           BENZANTHkACENE  	    90

B-9      KEY IONS AND RELATIVE ABUNDANCES FOR DIBENZ[a,j]ACRIDINE  ...    93

B-10     KEY IONS AND RELATIVE ABUNDANCES FOR METHANESULFON1C  ACID
           ETHYL ESTER	    97

P,-11     KEY IONS AND RELATIVE ABUNDANCES FOR alpha-NAPHTHYLAMINE  ...    100

B-12     KEY IONS AND RELATIVE ABUNDANCES OF  ^-NITROSODIETHYLAMINE.  .  .    105

B-13     KEY IONS AND RELATIVE ABUNDANCES OF  J4-NITROSOPYRROLIDINE  ...    108

B-14     KEY IONS AND RELATIVE ABUNDANCES FOR 4-CHLOROANIHNE	    110

                                   (continued)
                                     xvi 11

-------
                                    TABLES
                                  (continued)

Table                                                                     Page

B-15     KEY IONS AND RELATIVE ABUNDANCES FOR JJ-NITROSODIBUTYLAMINE .  .    113

B-16     KEY IONS AND RELATIVE ABUNDANCES FOR 3,4-DIAMINOTOLUENE.  ...    116

B-17     KEY IONS AND RELATIVE ABUNDANCES FOR 2,4-DIAMINOTOLUENE.  ...    119

B-18     KEY IONS AND RELATIVE ABUNDANCES OF m-DINITROBENZENE	    122

B-19     KEY IONS AND RELATIVE ABUNDANCES FOR N-NITROSO-
           _N-METHYLETHYLAMINE  	    126

B-20     KEY IONS AND RELATIVE ABUNDANCES FOR 2,6-DIAMINOTOLUENE.  ...    129

B-21     KEY IONS AND RELATIVE ABUNDANCES FOR £-DINITROBENZENE	    132

B-22     KEY IONS AND RELATIVE ABUNDANCES FOR £-NITROANILINE	    135

B-23     KEY IONS AND RELATIVE ABUNDANCES FOR MALONONITRILE  .......    138

B-24     KEY IONS AND RELATIVE ABUNDANCES FOR £-NITROSO-
           _N-METHYLURETHANE	  .    141

B-25     KEY IONS AND RELATIVE ABUNDANCES FOR 2,6-DICHLOROPHENOL.  ...    144

B-26     KEY IONS AND RELATIVE ABUNDANCES FOR 2,4,5-TRICHLOROPHENOL .  .    147

B-27     KEY IONS AND RELATIVE ABUNDANCES FOR SAFROLE  ..........    151

E-28     KEY IONS .AND RELATIVE ABUNDANCES FOR NICOTINE	    154

B-29     KEY IONS AND RELATIVE ABUNDANCES FOR 2-ACETAMIDOFLUORENE  ...    157

D-l      PROPOSED AIR SAMPLING AND ANALYSIS
           METHODS FOR SELECTED P.OHCs	    236

D-2      EVALUATION OF RECOMMENDED DIGESTION AND ANALYSIS
           PROCEDURES FOR BERYLLIUM, STRONTIUM, AND
           VANADIUM IN SPIKED WATER SAMPLES  	    304

D-3      EVALUATION OF RECOMMENDED DIGESTION AND ANALYSIS
           PROCEDURES FOR BERYLLIUM, STRONTIUM, AND
           VANADIUM IN SPIKED SOIL SAMPLES	'	    305
                                      xix

-------
                            ABBREVIATIONS  AND  SYMBOLS
 amu
 Appendix  VIII

 CFR
 DFTPP
 DNPH
 ORE
 El
 EPA
 g
 GC
 GC/FID

 GC/MS
 h
 HI
 HPLC
 HPLC/UV

 ID
 is
 Mg
 pL
 mg
 mL
 mm
 MM5
 mol wt
 ins
 m/z

 r-S
 nm
 PAHs
 I'OHCs
 PICs
 QA
 QC
 RCRA
. RRF
 KSD
 SASS
 SIM
 s
 SD
 SoRI
 TCDD
 cr
 UV
 VOST
 Atomic  Mass  Unit
 Hazardous Constituents  List (Part 261,
   40  CFR)
 Code  of Federal Regulations
 Decafluorotriphenylphosphine
 Dinitrophenylhydrazine
 Destruction  and Removal Efficiency
 Electron Impact lonization Mode
"U.S.  Environmental  Protection Agency
 Gram
 Gas Chromatography
 Gas Chromatography/Flame-Ionizat ion
   Detection
 Gas Chromatography/Mass Spectrometry
 Ho.ur
 Hydroiodic Acid
 High-Performance  Liquid Chromatography
 High-Performance  Liquid Chromatography/
   Ultraviolet  Spectrometry Detection
 Internal Diameter
 Internal Standard
 Microgram (10~6 g)
 Microliter (10"6  L)
 Milligram (10"3 g)
 Milliliter (10"3  L)
 Millimeter (10~3  m)
 Modified Method 5 Sampling Train.
 Molecular Weight  -
 Millisecond
 Mass  to Charge Ratio
 Nanogram (10~9 g)
 Nanometer (10~~9 m)
 Polynuclear  Aromatic Hydrocarbons
 Principal Organic Hazardous Constituents
 Products of  Incomplete  Combustion
 Quality Assurance
 Quality Control
 Resource Conservation and Recovery Act
 Relative Response Factor
 Relative Standard Deviation
 Source  Assessment Sampling System
 Selected-Ion Monitoring
 Second
 Standard Deviation
 Southern Research Institute
 Tetrachlorodibenzo-£-dioxin
 Retention Time
 Ultraviolet  Spectroscopy
 Volatile Organic  Sampling Train
                                       xx

-------
                                ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
     We are especially grateful for Che  individual efforts  of  the  professional
staff of the Analytical Chemistry Division of  Southern  Research  Institute and
Battelle-Columbus Laboratories who participated  in the  performance of this work
assignment.  We are indebted  to the following  people  from  SoRI:  Merry B.
Emory, Lucy M. Rose, Donna L. lozia, Marynoel  M. Graham, Cathy R.  Abroms, Linda
A. Burford, M. Susan Duncan,  Linda K. First, Kathy S. Gray,  Judy G.  Riley,
Cathy E. Rowe, Christine G. Richards, Lee Ann  Wallace,  and  Arnetta McGowan for
the organic analyses.  We are grateful to the  following people from
Battelle-Columbus:  Martin P. Miller, Paula M. Chinn, Moira  C. Landers,  and J.
Scott Warner for organic analyses.
                                   xxi

-------
                                   SECTION 1

                                 INTRODUCTION



REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS FOR THE INCINERATION OF HAZARDOUS WASTES

     As part of the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA), the U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) has promulgated proposed, interim, and
final regulations for the owners and operators of facilities that treat hazard-
ous wastes by incineration.  The purpose of the regulations is to ensure that
such incinerators are operated in an environmentally responsible manner.  The
regulations cover a range of activities, including operational performance
standards, waste analysis, trial burns, monitoring and inspections, record-
keeping and reporting, and the establishment of emission-control criteria (_1) .
The specific details for each incinerator facility are authorized by facility
permits.

     The primary criterion upon which all operational specifications are based
is the destruction and removal efficiency (DRE) of the incinerator.  This
value, which is defined in terms of waste-input levels and stack-output levels
of the potentially hazardous substances, must be greater than 99.99% for proper
incineration.  The substances from the list in Appendix VIII, Part 261, 40 CFR
have been designated principal organic hazardous constituents (POHCs), although
many inorganic substances have also been included.


SAMPLING AND ANALYTICAL METHODS FOR HAZARDOUS-WASTE INCINERATION

     As part of the supporting documentation for the permit writer and for the
incinerator facility's'owners and operators, the EPA has compiled a manual of
methods for sampling and analysis for use in measuring the levels of POHCs in
the various streams of an incinerator facility, including inlet wastes, stack
gas,process waters, fly ash, and bottom ash (2).  This manual is entitled
"Sampling and Analysis Methods for Hazardous Waste Combustion" and shall be
referred to as the Methods Manual hereafter.  This manual expands upon and
augments the information in the "Guidance Manual for Evaluating Permit Applica-
tions for the Operation of Hazardous Waste Incineration Units" (_3) .

     This Methods Manual is intended to be a resource document for the prepara-
tion and execution of a sampling-and-analysis plan for hazardous-waste inciner-
ators.  The specific procedures described are primarily in the form of brief
descriptions with reference to other documents that contain highly detailed
description methods.  Existing collections of sampling and analysis methods
documentation such as "Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste" (SW-846) or
"Samplers and Sampling Procedures for Hazardous Waste Streams" (EPA-600/2-80-
018) have not been directly incorporated into the manual but are  incorporated
by reference (4,5).

-------
      During  trial burns at an  incineration  facility,  the  sampling  and  analysis
methods will allow measurement of  those POHCs expected  to be  present  in  the
waste and  products of incomplete combustion  (PICs) .   Also during trial burns,
the waste  samples may be characterized with "the methods to establish  limits on
the waste  composition that may be  incinerated.  During  routine  facility  opera-
tion, the  incoming wastes will be  analyzed periodically to ascertain  whether
the composition of the waste has changed.  Some gaseous species such  as  carbon
monoxide will be monitored continuously, as  specified in  the  Methods  Manual, as
an indicator of the combustion efficiency of the process.  Periodically, at the
frequency  not specified in the current regulations, the influent and  effluent
streams are  to be tested to monitor compliance with the DRE criteria.

     Although the Methods Manual includes test procedures for proximate,
survey, and directed (or specific-compound)  analysis, our brief discussion here
is limited to directed analysis because the modification of analytical methods
applicable to the identification and quantification of  POHCs  is currently of
primary interest to us (see Sections 4 and 5).

     The directed-analysis portion of the waste-characterization scheme  pro-
vides qualitative confirmation of  compound identity and quantitative  data with
appropriate quality control for the'potentially hazardous constituents that
might reasonably be expected to be present in the waste, based on  engineering
judgment and on the results of proximate and survey analysis.  Directed  analy-
sis does not involve screening every waste sample against the complete hazard-
ous component list.  A preliminary judgment  is made as  to the compounds  or
types of compounds that are likely to be present.  The directed analysis then
consists of the minimum set of analytical techniques  that can be applied to the
waste for  qualitative identification and quantitative determination of the
components that are actually present.

     In practice,  the results of the directed analysis will establish whether
the waste contains the suspected pollutant and will demonstrate the concentra-
tion range at which the pollutant may be expected to be found.  Directed analy-
sis will also be used to confirm and quantify unexpected hazardous components
identified in the  survey analysis.  These data on quantitative analysis  of
confirmed, identified contaminants of documented toxicity are essential  for
selection of appropriate POHCs to be monitored for the prediction  of hazardous
combustion by-products.


MODIFICATION OF DIRECTED-ANALYSIS METHODS

     The Methods Manual recommends a variety of analytical techniques for the
determination of the list of POHCs given in  Appendix VIII, Part 261, 40  CFR.
Whenever documentation was available to support the practice, the methods for
the determination  of organic compounds were  written to  incorporate a high-
resolution analytical technique—fused-silica capillary gas chromatography—
and a highly specific detection technique—mass spectrometry.  Also, whenever

-------
possible, high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) was recommended  for  the
determination of organic compounds that could not be determined by gas chroma-
tography with mass spectrometric detection (GC/MS).  Many compounds are  amen-
able to analysis by either procedure.  The application of these two approaches
to the determination of as many of the POHCs as possible was"designed to pro-
vide satisfactory qualitative analyses on a cost-effective basis for a variety
of waste types and process chemistries.

     For some of the compounds on the Appendix VIII list, there were limited
references that recommended either GC/MS or HPLC analyses.  For some compounds,
the only analytical methods readily available were colorimetric or thin-layer
chromatographic techniques.  Other compounds required chemical derivatization
to produce a product suitable for chromatographic analysis.  For yet other
compounds, no acceptable analytical method was found for inclusion in the
Methods Manual.  Furthermore, GC/MS or HPLC methods were documented for  some
compounds for which the operating conditions given for analysis were peculiar
to the compounds and not readily adaptable to the determination needed to
reduce the number or complexity of analytical methods in the Methods Manual,
generalized GC/MS and HPLC techniques were developed for the determination of
as many of the chemicals on the list of hazardous wastes as possible.  Our
effort was concentrated on a select number of POHCs (approximately 70) which
are discussed later.

     The subsequent sections of this report describe the efforts by Southern
Research Institute to evaluate and, when necessary, modify GC/MS and HPLC/UV
generalized analysis procedures for POHCs.  This work is presented in
Sections 4 and 5.

     Battelle-Columbus Laboratories in a joint effort with Southern Research
Institute undertook specific tasks to.supplement the development of generalized
test procedures.  Specific analysis methods for brucine and 2-fluoroacetamide
were developed.  These compounds were not determined by the generalized  proce-
dures.  Potentially useful air-sampling, sample-preparation, and analysis pro-
cedures for various POHCs including aldehydes, acids, esters, alcohols,  and
thiols were recommended.  Many of these compounds were not included in the
evaluation of the developed analysi-s procedures.  Existing preparative and '
analysis methods for the determination of metals in wastes and incinerator
effluents were refined and supplemented.  Because this material is now largely
historical and has been superseded by approaches in the final revision of the
Methods Manual, we included the information in the Appendix D of our report.

-------
                                   SECTION 2

                                  CONCLUSIONS
     Generalized GC/FID, GC/MS, and HPLC/UV methods were developed for the
determination of approximately 70 POHCs.  The candidate POHCs were a variety of
compound types, including alcohols, esters, chlorinated aliphatic and
aromatics, carboxylic acids, aliphatic aromatic amines, nitrated aromatics,
nitrosamines, hydrazines, nitriles, organosulfur compounds, and polynuclear
aromatics and heterocyclics.

     The developed generalized methods were suitable for inclusion in the POHC
Methods Manual.  The methods were applied to the determination of candidate
organic compounds over concentration ranges of interest and have demonstrated
acceptable precision in the determination of most of the compounds.

     The ultimate utility of the methods in the determination of POHCs in
incinerator wastes and effluent will of course depend on the prudent choice of
appropriate sampling procedures and sample-preparation procedures.  As part of
our work, therefore, we have compiled proposed overall air-sampling, sample-
preparation, and analysis procedures for a variety of POHCs.  The evaluation of
the accuracy and precision of these total sampling and analytical methods
should be the emphasis of future investigation.

     Also under this work assignment, other tasks have been performed.

          •    Specific GC analysis methods were developed for two compounds, •
               brucine and 2-fluoroacetamide.  These compounds could not be
               determined by the generalized GC method.

          •    Existing generalized digestion procedures and specific analysis
               procedures for the determination of metals in wastes and
               incinerator effluent were also revised.  The generalized
               digestion procedures were found suitable for the determination
               of three metal-s, beryllium, strontium, and vanadium, for which
               the procedure had not been evaluated previously.

-------
                              SECTION 3 .

                           RECOMMENDATIONS



Several recommendations for future investigations are as follows:

     •    SoRI will continue to apply the general survey methods  to those
          POHCs not yet evaluated.

     •    Based on SoRI's findings, the proposed screening program should
          be evaluated with incinerator-effluent samples, extracts, and
          sorbent media.

     •    In those cases  where a generalized method was not sufficient to
          quantify a POHC, then more specific analytical techniques should
          be developed and evaluated on a priority basi_s.

-------
                                   SECTION 4

                     TECHNICAL APPROACH IN THE DEVELOPMENT
                        OF GENERALIZED ANALYSIS METHODS
GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS

     The primary focus of our experimental work was to develop two generalized
analytical methods for the determination of POHCs in appropriate organic  sol-
vents.  One analytical technique involved GC/MS with the use of a capillary
column, and the other involved HPLC with ultraviolet/visible spectrophotometric
detection (HPLC/UV).*  During the optimization of the GC methods, flame-
ionization detection (FID)—in addition to MS—was employed to aid in estab-
lishing operating conditions.  The HPLC method was' developed for use with
reversed-phase C.R columns primarily because reversed-phase columns are less
apt than normal-phase columns to adsorb organic analytes -irreversibly.  HPLC
detection systems, other than ultraviolet/visible (UV/VIS) detection, were not
considered because UV/VIS detection was judged to be more suitable for the
development of a generalized,HPLC test method.  Because the UV/VIS detector can
measure absorbances at selected wavelengths over a fairly broad range (190 to
600 nm), the detector offers selectivity and versatility in determining a
variety of compound types.

     The laboratory work was structured to lead systematically to the deter-
mination of the feasibility of developing generalized test methods.  The
resulting methods were applied to the determination of selected POHCs.  First,
we selected.a variety of POHCs for preliminary investigation and performed
analyses of standard solutions of mixtures of these POHCs (in appropriate sol-
vents) "~o optimize instrumental operating conditions.  Once suitable operating
conditions had been established, an individual chromatogram for each of these
POHCs was generated.  Finally, we analyzed a series of standard solutions of
each of the selected POHCs to estimate detection limits and to establish  cali-
bration curves.  Also, multiple determinations were made on specific concentra-
tions of selected POHCs to define the precision of the test methods..
SELECTION OF CANDIDATE POHCs

     Several criteria were used in compiling the list of organic POHCs  to be
included in our investigations.  First, some of the organic compounds  listed  in
Appendix VIII, Part 261, 40 CFR, were eliminated from consideration in  the
method-development work.  We excluded over 70 priority pollutants in the list
because generalized analytical methods were available for their determination.
    *Although the detector is capable of measuring absorbances in both  the
     ultraviolet and visible regions (190 to 600 nm), we use the acronym
     HPLC/UV, which is conventional for describing HPLCs with variable-
     wavelength detectors.

-------
     Several extremely hazardous compounds—including  aflatoxins, cyanogen
bromide, diisopropylfluorophosphate, mustard gas, and  others—were  not  investi-
gated  for the  following  reasons:  First, special handling  procedures would
likely have to be incorporated  into methods for the determination of these
compounds to eliminate the possibility of the  analyst's being exposed  to  them.
Second, the lability of  some of the compounds  would necessitate  their  trans-
formation to stable analytes, a complication that would preclude the applica-
tion of a straightforward GC/MS or  HPLC/UV analytical  procedure.  Other
compounds such as formaldehyde  and  other volatile aldehydes were not considered
because derivatization schemes would be required to determine these compounds
by GC/MS or HPLC/UV methods.  Other less reactive volatile compounds including
acetonitrile , br onto ace tone, carbon disulfide,  1,2-dibr omoe thane , methyl eth-y.l
ketone, and others were  not investigated because thei'r determination along  with
many of the less volatile compounds was impractical and because  many can  likely
be determined by the EPA's generalized analytical method for volatile  organic
compounds.                —

     From the remaining  POHCs on the hazardous-compound list, we selected about
70 candidate compounds,  largely on  the basis of commercial availability.
Included in this selection were a variety of compound  types including  alcohols,
esters, chl.orihated aliphatics and aromatics,  carboxylic acids  and  acid
anhydrides, aliphatic and aromatic amines, nitrated aromatics,  nitrosamines,
hydrazines, nitriles, organosulfur compounds,  and polynuclear aromatics and
heterocyclics.  The candidate compounds were chosen from such a  wide variety in
an attempt to represent most of the compound types of  the  organic POHCs in  the
hazardous-compound list  (i.e., Appendix VIII,  Part 261, 40 CFR).  The  specific
compounds selected are presented in Section 5  along with the analytical
results.

     Once we had selected the candidate POHCs, we divided  the compounds into
two primary groups—one groups  for GC/MS investigations, the other  for  HPLC/UV
studies.  In general, thermally stable compounds that.were -expected to be
vaporized at temperatures typical of gas-chromatographic operating  conditions
were selected for GC/MS work.  Of course, compounds that were expected  to"be
irreversibly adsorbed on GC columns were excluded from GC/MS work.  We  analyzed
relatively nonvolatile compounds with molecular electronic absorption bands in
the ultraviolet/visible wavelength ranged by HPLC/UV;  these compounds  included
some materials such as saccharin and epinepherine for.  which the  analytical
methods recommended by the Methods Manual involved derivitization to produce
products suitable for GC analysis.  Other candidate POHCs  that  we investigated
by HPLC/UV were compounds for which no chromatographic procedure was recom-
mended in the Methods Manual, such as 5-nitro-o-toluidine  and Trypan blue.
PREPARATION OF STOCK STANDARD SOLUTIONS

     We prepared stock standard solutions of the candidate compounds  in appro-
priate solvents at a concentration of either about  1 mg/mL or about  10 mg/mL.
These stock solutions were serially diluted as required to prepare working
standards.

-------
     We used primarily methylene chloride as the solvent  in the preparation  of
standards ..for GC/MS studies.  Several different polar solvents—acetonitrile,
methanol, and water—were used in preparing solutions of  POHCs determined by
HPLC.  A few candidate compounds required ionic solutions to effect dissolu-
tion.  For instance, we dissolved epinephrine in dilute hydrochloric acid and
melphalan in a 1:1 combination of 0.01 H NaH PO  and methanol.


GC ANALYSIS PROCEDURES                    •

Description of Instruments and General Operating Conditions

     We developed the GC/MS generalized test method on the Hewlett-Packard
Model 5895 gas chroitfatograph/mass spectrometer-data system.  The components  of
the instrument include a hyperbolic quadrapole mass filter with a convertible
electron-impact (El) and positive-ion chemical-ionization source, a capillary
and jet separator GC/MS interface, and a data system that includes an HP2113
computer, a high-speed printer, a magnetic tape system, a 50-megabyte HP.7920M
disk-drive system, a communications interface, GC/MS operating software, and an
unabridged NBS spectral library.  The supplemental GC/FID work was performed on
a Hewlett-Packard Model 5840 gas chromatograph that was equipped for use with
capillary columns.

     The work with both GC/MS and GC/FID involved capillary chromatography with
matched, fused-silica SE-54 wallcoated capillary columns  25 m long, 0.31-mm  ID.
The initial operating conditions were chosen as a compromise of the conditions
given for several capillary GC methods in the Methods Manual.  The initial
starting column temperature was 40 °C; the temperature was then programmed at
10 °C/min to 280 °C and maintained at 280 °C for 15 min.  Injection and detec-
tion temperatures were 250 °C.  The carrier gas was helium and was maintained
at a volume flow rate through the column of about 2 mL/min.  In the GC/FID
work, the carrier-gas flow was split downstream from the  injection port in the
conventional manner at a.ratio of about 1:40.  Thus, only a small percentage of
an injected sample was actually passed onto the column.   In the GC/MS work,  the
"splitless" injection technique was employed.  Consequently, we assumed that
essentially all of the injected sample reached the column in GC/MS
determinations.

Optimization of the GC/FID and GC/MS Procedure

     GC operating conditions were optimized by analyzing  solutions containing a
variety of the candidate POHCs by the GC/FID technique.   The column-head pres-
sure was adjusted appropriately to maximize the FID response to test mixtures.
We used these adjustments to pinpoint the optimum carrier-gas velocity, which
in turn defined the splitting ratio.

     Having established GC operating conditions by the GC/FID procedure, we
then applied the method to the determination of the candidate POHCs by GC/MS.
We also established reference mass spectra for the identification of the indi-
vidual POHCs.  The mass spectrometer was operated in a full-mass-scanning range
(41 to 350 or 450 amu) in the El mode.  The scan time was maintained at <1 s to
enable the collection of enough scans to characterize each capillary GC peak.

-------
GC Quality-Control Procedures

   .  We calibrated the GC/FID and GC/MS procedures with external standard  solu-
tions of the candidate POHCs.  Five-point calibration curves were prepared  for
each candidate POHC determined by gas chromatography.  Each curve was a plot of
the FID or MS response (relative to anthracene-d  ) as a function of the
quantity of the particular POHC injected on the GC column.  The detection  limit
for each candidate POHC was estimated as the quantity (ng) of POHC on the  GC
column that gave rise to a signal approximately twice the background noise
level.  We also established reference mass spectra for the identification  of
the individual POHCs.

     In addition to the use of external standards for the'calibration of both
GC/FID and GC/MS methods, other quality-control measures were implemented.  The
performance of the GC/MS system was checked daily with decafluorotriphenylphos-
phene (DFTPP) according to the requirements given in EPA Method No. 625 (6).

     The precision of determinations by GC/FID and GC/MS was estimated by
triplicate injections of at least one standard solution of each POHC investi-
gated by gas chromatography.  The estimate of precision of the replicate
measurements is expressed as the relative standard deviation (RSD) calculated
from Equation 1.


      '   .                    RSD (%)„ =  (fM 10°                           (1)

     Standard Deviation (SD) was calculated from Equation 2.
                                                                           (2)
                                      (n - 1)
     Mean relative response (X) was calculated from Equation 3
                                        n
                               x = t    I    x:                            (3)
                                      i = 1
where

     n = number of replicate measurements, and

    X£ = relative response of the POHC standard.

-------
     Furthermore, we used anthracene-d   as an  internal  standard  in  the  GC
methods.  Along with the analytes we injected anthracene-d    to minimize the
effect of injection volume and instrument performance upon  the precision of
determinations.  Also, the anthracene-d   internal standard was used  to  calcu-
late the relative response factor (RRF) tor each POHC from Equation 4.


                             RRF =  (AsCis)/(AigCg)                         (4)

where

     Ac = area of the characteristic ion for the POHC to be measured,
      O

    A-  = area of the characteristic ion for the internal standard,
     L S

    C- - = concentration of the internal standard (pg/mL), and

     Cg = concentration of the POHC (yg/mL) to  be measured.
     Recovery data were not applicable for this phase of the project  because
our analyses were done with neat solutions and standard mixtures of POHCs.  We
did not.collect, prepare, or analyze field samples that required spiking  of the
matrix with surrogate standards or specific POHCs.


HPLC/UV ANALYSIS PROCEDURES

     For the development of a generalized HPLC/UV analysis procedure, we  used
the Hewlett-Packard Model 1084B high-performance liquid chromatograph equipped
with a variable-wavelength UV/VIS detector (190 to 600 nm) and an automatic
sampling system.  The following two reversed-phase columns were used  with an
acetonitrile/water eluent:

          •    Perkin-Elmer HC-ODS-SIL-X-1,"10-um particle size, 25 cm  long,
               2.6-mm ID..

          •    Waters Associates yBondapak C   , lO-ym particle size,  30 cm
               long, 3.9-tnm ID.

The pBondapak C.g column was employed only after we  found that a few  of the
candidate POHCs either were not retained by or did not chromatograph  well on
the HC-ODS-SIL-X-1 column.  In practice, the performance of a column  from one
source to another may vary.  In addition, interlaboratory differences may occur
that are attributed to the handling and history of the column.  Once  a  column
is selected, its performance should be monitored throughout the study.

     Rather than attempt to establish one rigid set  of HPLC operating condi-
tions, our strategy was to identify various procedural options that would allow
determination of a broad range of compound types.  Thus, we investigated
numerous isocratic and gradient elution programs with acetonitrile/water mobile
                                       10

-------
phase.  In the determination of several POHCs (including the phenoxyacetic
acids), the eluent was acidified.  The wavelength of UV detection was also
varied to optimize sensitivity.

Optimization and Calibration of the HPLC/UV Procedures

     The POHCs were grouped into classes of compounds and submitted for HPLC
analysis.  Initially, we analyzed standard mixtures of candidate POHCs to
establish solvent programs suitable for the determination of a variety of
compounds.  At that time the UV detector was set to monitor absorbances at
254 nm.  Various chromatographic conditions were evaluated and modified until
the elution rate and the resolution were optimized.  The various procedures
(options) are:

     Option 1—Perkin-Elmer HC-ODS-SIL-X-1, 10-um particle size, 25 cm
               long x 2.6-mm ID

               Option 1A—Solvent A:  Distilled, deionized water
                          Solvent B:  Acetonitrile
                          Solvent Program:  10% B, 5 min; 10 to 100% B in
                                            35 min; 100% B, 10 min
                          Solvent Flow Rate:  1.0 mL/min

               Option IB—Solvent A:  1% (v/v) acetic acid in distilled,
                                      deionized water
                          Solvent B:  Acetonitrile
                          Solvent Program:  20% B, 10 min; 20 to 50% B in
                                            10 min; 50% B, 5 min
                          Solvent Flow Rate:  2 mL/min

               Option 1C—Solvent A:  1% (v/v) acetic acid in distilled,
                                      deionized water
                          Solvent B:  Acetonitrile
                          Solvent Program:  10% B, 2 min; 10 to 100% B in
                                            18 min
                          Solvent Flow Rate:  2 mL/min

     Option 2—Waters Associates yBondapak C  , 10-pm particle size, 30 cm'
               long x 3.9-mm ID

               Option 2A—Solvent A:  Distilled, deionized water
                          Solvent B:  Acetonitrile
                          Solvent Program:  2% B, isocratic
                          Solvent Flow Rate:  1 mL/min

               Option 2C—Solvent A:  Distilled, deionized water
                          Solvent B:  Acetonitrile
                          Solvent Program:  20% B, 0 min; 20 to 100% B in
                                            20 min; 100% B, 10 min
                          Solvent Flow Rate:  1 mL/min
                                       11

-------
               Option 2E—Solvent A:  Distilled, deionized water
                          Solvent B:  Acetonitrile
                          Solvent Program:  10% B, isocratic
                          Solvent Flow Rate:  1 raL/min
     In subsequent work, the UV spectra of the candidate POHCs were determined
on a Gary Model 17 spectrophotometer to establish an absorption maximum  in  the
range from 190 to 400 nm that would be a suitable alternate wavelength for
quantifying each POHC by HPLC/UV.

     As in the GC/FID and GC/MS analyses, calibration curves were prepared  for
each compound by plotting the absorbance as a function of the injected quantity
of the compound.

HPLC/UV Quality-Control Procedures

     As in the GC investigations, we determined the precision of determinations
with replicate injections of standard solutions of the analytes.  The precision
of analysis was determined for only a representative group of the compounds
investigated by HPLC.  An internal standard was not used in the HPLC/UV
determinations.  In practice, not all POHCs will be found in a sample.   Thus,
after the POHCs in the sample are identified, an appropriate internal standard
can be selected and then added to improve the quantification of POHCs.
                                       12

-------
                                    SECTION  5

                    RESULTS AND  DISCUSSION OF  THE  DEVELOPMENT
                       OF GENERALIZED  ANALYTICAL  METHODS
GC/FID AND GC/MS ANALYSIS

General  Considerations

      In  Table  1 we  present  the GC/FID  results.   The  retention time  and  on-
column detection limit  are  given  for each  compound.   The  compounds  are  listed
in  the order of their elution  from  the GC  column.  Retention times  are  relative
to  that  observed for the  internal standard,  anthracene-d   .   The on-column
detection limit is  the  quantity of  each analyte  that was  estimated  to yield an
FID  response of about twice  the background signal; about  three-fourths  of the
detection limits were in  the subnanogram range.   Reference  chromatograms  and
calibration curves, which appear  in Appendix A,  have also been cited in
Table  1.                                                     •

     Appendix  A contains  chromatograms of  seven  different POHC mixtures (the
chromatograms  cited in  Table 1) and a  chromatogram of a mixture of  all  of the
candidate POHCs investigated by GC/FID (Figure A-37).   The  chromatograms
demonstrate the observed  absolute retention  times, the peak shapes,  and any
shifts in the  base  line that occurred.  Although no  two of  the candidate  POHCs
may  coexist in a field  situation  and,  therefore, may not  require simultaneous
determination, the  chromatogram of  the compound  mixture demonstrates the
resolving power of  the  capillary  column in general.

     Each reference calibration curve  given  in Appendix A and cited  in  Table I
is  a point-to-point plot  (solid line)  of FID response as  a  function  of  the
quantity of the analyte on  the GC column.   Each  plot can  be used to  estimate
the  sensitivity expected  in  the determination of a particular analyte.   In
"generating these curves,  we made  no attempt  to determine  the upper  limit  of the
Linear range of determinations.   However,  each plot  serves  to demonstrate the
linearity of FID response within  the range of quantities  investigated.  A
laboratory that uses these methods  will have to  generate  its own calibration
curves,  which  may differ  slightly from the ones  given in  this report.   Our
calibration curves  will serve  as  a  guide.

     Also, with each calibration  curve is  the least-squares plot (a  broken
line) based on the  linear-regression analysis of FID response versus
concentration  of analyte.   Linear-regression analysis of  the data typically
gave correlation coefficients  of  >0.9900.
                                        13

-------
          IABLL 1.  SUMMARY OF GC/fID DLILRMiNATIONS OF CANDIDAFL POHCs
Appendix A
Compound
Methylhydrazine
Lthylenediamine
N-Nitroso-N-methyiethylamine
Malononitrile
Dimethyl sulfate
1 ,3-Dichloro-2-propanol
N-Nitrosodiethylamine
Methanesulfonic acid ethyl ester
N-Nitroso-N-methy lure thane
Pent achloroe thane
Benzyl chloride
N-Nitrosopyrrolidine
2 ,6-Dichlorophenol
4-Chloroaniline
N-Nitrosodibutylamine
Saf role
5 ,4-Diaminotoluene
1 ,2 ,4 ,!>-Tetrachlorobenzene
•Nicotine
1 ,4 ,5- I richlorophenol
2 /i-DLaminotoluene
2 ,6-Oiaminotoluene
1 ,4-Naphthoquinone
.£-Oinitrobenzene
m-Dinitrobenzene-
Pen1: ach lo robe nzene
aipha-Naphthy lamine
g-Nitroani line
2- Acetamidof luorene
'.• , 10-Uimethy 1-1 ,2-benzanthracene
ljibenz[a, jjacridine
Relative
retention
time8
0.0645
0.0842
0.181
0.200
0.207
0.233
0.241
0.265
0.266
0.306
0.343
0.411
0.526
0.528
0.585
0.606
0.626
0.643
0.658
0.666
0.691?
0.697
0.716
0.7J4
0.748
0.807
0.812
0.880
1.38
1 .60
1.95
On-column
detection
limit, ng
. 0.4
0.4
0.6
0.6
5.0
0.6
0.2
0.7
2.0
1.0
0.2
0.2
2.0
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
'0.4
2.0
2.0
0.1
0.4
0.5
0.1
0.7
0.2
0.5
0.4
1.0
0.8
Reference
chroma-
togram
A-15
A- 15
A-15
A-15
A-7
A-1
A-22
A- 12
A- 30
A-1
A-1
A-15
A- 30
A-22
A-22
A- 33
A-22
A-1
A-33
A- 30
A-22
A-15
A-7
A-15
A-22
A-1
A-12
A-15
A-33
A-7
A-7
Reference
calibration
curve
_.b
A- 16
A-17
A- 18
A-8
A- 2
, A-23
A-13 .
__b
A- 3
A-4
A-17
A-31
A- 25
A- 26
A- 34
A- 27
A- 5
A- 35
A- 32
A- 28
A- 19
A-9
A- 20
A- 29
A-6
A-14
A-21
A- 56
A- 10
A-11
aRelative to the retention time of anthracene-d  ; =16 rain.
K                                              ^ *^
"Calibration curve was not included in the appendix because of poor resolution


 of the compound.
                                          14

-------
     Table 2 summarizes the GC/MS determinations.  As in Table  1, the retention
times are given relative to the internal standard, anthracene-d   .  Table 2
also lists the five most abundant mass  fragments of each compouna and, more-
over, specifies" the mass of the ion of  each compound that was used  for the
establishment of detection limits and for the generation of calibration curves.
The detection limits are the quantities of the analytes that were estimated to
yield ion currents (of the selected ions) corresponding to about  twice the
background ion currents.  Typical values of the detection limits  were 1 to
5 ng.

     Reference ion chromatograms, calibration curves, and mass  spectra are
cited in Table 2.  The mass spectra are presented in Appendix B along with the
reference chromatograms and calibration curves.  One reference chromatogram
(Figure B-64) is for the determination  of a mixture of all of the compounds
investigated by GC/MS.

     In Table 3 we present the results of triplicate GC/FID determinations of
approximately 0.05-yg quantities of all of the candidate PORCs  listed in
Table 1 except the hydrazines.  The calculated values of the SD and RSD in
Table 3 indicate that most GC/FID .determinations gave acceptable  precision.
RSDs greater than about 5% were, however, obtained for several of the
compounds—N-nitrosodiethylamine, _N-nitroso-N-methylurethane, methanesulfonic
acid ethyl ester, pentachloroethane, benzyl chloride, 2,6-dichlorophenol, and
1,2,4,5-tetrachlorobenzene.  The less precise determinations were the result of
anomalously low responses obtained with the first in the series .of  three deter-
minations for each of these compounds.  Perhaps at least one injection was
required to condition the GC column and thereby to prevent loss of  the
compounds in subsequent injections.

     In Table 4 we present the results of triplicate GC/MS determinations of
about 0.1-pg quantities of selected POHCs listed in Table 2.  In  general, the
GC/MS determinations were less precise  than the GC/FID determinations.  About
two-thirds of the compounds were, however, determined with an RSD of about <5%.
Several of the compounds for which we obtained relatively imprecise determina-
tions by GC/FID were also found to yield RSDs >5% by GC/MS; these included
tetrachlorobenzene, pentachloroethane, and benzyl chloride.

POHCs Not Amenable to GC/FID and GC/MS Analysis

     Several compounds determined by GC/FID were not determined by  GC/MS.
These compounds—methylhydrazine, dimethylhydrazine, and ethylenediamine—were
volatile enough to be partially swept from the splitless injector of the GC/MS
system along with the solvent and thus could not be determined.   It is likely
that these compounds could be determined, with some loss of sensitivity, by
GC/MS with split injection techniques.
                                       15

-------
                                            IAULL  2.   SUMMAKY  Ul  IIC/'MS ULILKMINAI 1UNS 0( CANUIDAIL POHCs
Compound
^-Nitroso-^-methylethylamine
Mdlonoiutri le
1 ,3-Dichloro-2-propanol
N-Nitrosodiethylamine
Dimethyl sulfate
N-Nitroso-N-methylurethmie
Pentachloruethane
Methanesulfonic acid ethyl ester
Beiiz yl chloride
N-Nitrosopyrrolidiiie
4-Chlorouni I iiie
N-Nitrosodibutylamine
2,6-Dichlorophenol
3,4-Ditjminotoluene
Safrole
1 ,2 ,4,5-1 etrachiorobenzene
Nicotine
2 ,4-Diaminotoluene
2 ,6-Diaminotoluene
p_-Diiiitrobenzene
m-Oinitroberizerke
2,4,5-lrichlorophenol .
1 ,4-Naphthoquinone
Pentachlorobenzene
alpha-Naphthy lafliine
£-Nitroaniline
2-Acetamidof luoreite
9, 10-Dimethyl-1,2-benz anthracene
Oiben2[a,j]acridine
Relative
retention
time3
0.148
0.187
0.200
0.206
0.25i
0.259
0.277
0.298
U.M6
0.374
0.505
0.568
0.582
0.600
0.620
0.6S2
0.673
0.677
0.696
0.723
0.735
0.735
U.741
0.787
0.824
0.871
1.41
1.55
1.96
On-column
detection
limit, ng
4.8
5.6
6.1
2.7
4.0
23
1.2
5.2
0.72
1.9
1 .1
4.8
1.7
10
O.U92
1.3
4.2
10
2.4
1.5
1.5
2.2
3.6
1.0
0.33
5.1
3.7
4.9
12
Mol
wt
88
66
129
102
126
1S2
202
124
126
100
128
154
163
122
162
216
162
122
122
168
168
197
158
250
• 143
138
225
256
279
Masses of characteristic LI ions
(relative abundance)
1
88(100)
66(100)
' 79(100)
102(100)
95(100)
43(100)
117(100)
79(100)
91(100)
100(100)
127(100)
84(100)
162(100)
122(100)
162(100)
216(100)
84(100)
121(100)
122(100)
168(100)
168(100)
198(100)
158(100)
250(100)
143(100)
158(100)
1U1(100)
256(100)
279(100)
2
42(93)
65(12)
81(38)
42(68)
96(76)
96(76)
119(87)
109(78)
126(16)
41(61)
65(51)
>7(73)
164(62)
121(71)
104(7B)
214(85)
133(38)
122(90)
121(63)
76(82)
76(92)
196(96)
102(67)
252(62)
115(51)
65(85) .
180(82)
241(54)
280(38)
3
43(46)
64(9)
43(27)
44(60)
66(28)
66(28)
167(82)
97(26)
65(16)
42(58)
129(38)
41(61)
63(58)
94(42)
77(62)
218(52)
42(21)
94(29)
104(36)
50(80)
50(82)
97(58)
104(66)
.248(62)
116(29)
108(84)
223(62)
239(36)
277(19)
4
56(24)
67(5)
49(20)
56(56)
79(20)
79(20)
165(65)
80(19)
63(11)
68(16)
92(29)
42(40)
98( 34)
77(22)
131(60)
74(37)
162(19)
77('19)
94(33)
75(78)
75(75)
200(31)
76(62)
108(41)
144(12)
92(40)
152(37)
240(36)
125(14)
5
71(1i)
50(5)
42(8)
57(36)
65(16)
65(10)
169(41)
65(14)
89(9)
43(14)
1IJU(3U)
99(25)
99(15)
106(21)
135(36)
181(24)
161(18)
105(16)
106(20)
122(34)
122(32)
132(29)
130(45)
• 54(21)
89(11)
80(24)
. 153(19)
257(19)
139(11)

Reference
chromato-
gram
B-41
B-41
B-1
B-26
B-12
B-51
B-1
B-21
B-1
fr-26
B-26
B-26
B-51
B-26
B-58
B-1
B-58
B-26
B-41
B-41
B-26
B-51
B-12
B-1
B-21
B-41
B-58
B-12
B-12
Appendix B
Reference
mass
spectrum
B-42
B-50
B-2
B-27
B-13
B-52
B-4
B-22
B-6
B-29
B-31
B-53
B-54
B-55
B-59
B-8
B-61
B-37
B-44
B-46
B-59
B-56
B-15
B-10
B-24
B-48
B-63
B-17
B-19

Reference
t.a I ibrat ioii
curve
B-4 3
__b
B- J
B-28
B-14
B-53
B-5
B-2 3
B-7
B-.SU
b-)2
B-J4
B-55
8-36
B-6U
B-9
B-62
B-58
B-45
B-47
B-4U
B-57
B-1fa
B-11
B-25
B-49
__b
B-1B
B-2U
8Rclative to the retention time of  anthraceie-d ^,  =16 mm.
''Calibration curve was not included in  the appendix because  of  poor  resolution of the compound.

-------
                   TABLE 3.  PRECISION OF GC/FID DETERMINATIONS
Compound
2-Acetamidof luorene
Benzyl chloride
4-Chloroaniline
2 ,4-Diaminotoluene
2 ,6-Diaminotoluene
3 ,4-Diaminotoluene
Dibenzta, j ]acridine
2 ,6-Dichlorophenol
1 ,3-Dichloro~2-propanol
9 ,10-Dimethyl-l ,2-benzanthracene
Dimethylsulfate
m-Dinitrobenzene
p-Dinitrobenzene
Ethylenediamine
Malononitrile
Methanesulfonic acid ethyl ester
Methylhydrazine
1 ,4-Naphthoquinone
alpha-Naphthylaraine
Nicot ine
p-Nitroaniline
N-Nitrosodibutylamine
N-Nitrosodiethylamine
N-Nitroso-N-methylethylamine
N-Nitroso-N-rae thy lure thane
N-Nitrosopyrrolidine
Pentachlorobenzene
Pentach lor oe thane
Safrole
1 , 2 ,4 ,5-Tetrachlorobenzene
2 ,4 ,5-Trichlorophenol
Quantity
on column,
47.1
51.1
57.6
65.0
60.5
64.0
43.7
53.1
55.6
48.6
62.5
46.7
63.5
64.5
66.0
56.1
67.4
44.2
49.6
56.6
66.0
61.0
59.6
60.5
43.2
78.4
51.6
69.5
48.6
48.6
51.1

Mean
0.698
0.864
0.657
0.691
0.618
0.705
0.801
0.396
0.234
1.06
0.0476
0.554
0.328
0.0387
0.828
0.243
0.202
0.438
1.10
0.618
0.561
0.695
0.609
0.467
0.182
0.558
0.359
0.161
0.722
0.427
0.414
RRFa
SD
0.011
0.059
0.027
0.0085
0.0035
0.012
0.0070
0.026
0.013
0.0000
0.0019
0.0036
0.0000
0.0012
0.0037
0.026
0.011
0.025
0.021
0.0083
0.0092
0.027
0.050
0.020
0.012
0.024
0.021
0.012
0.0093
0.0300
0.0050
-
RSD, %
1.6
6.8
4.1
1.2
0.57
1.7
0.87
6.6
5.5
0.00
4.0
0.65
0.00
3.1
4.5
11
5.4
5.7
1.9
1.3
1.6
3.9
8.2
4.3
6.6
4.3
5.8
7.5
1.3
7.0
1.4 .
JRRF
                                   17

-------
               TABLE 4.  PRECISION OF GC/MS DETERMINATIONS
Compound
2-Acetamidof luorene
Benzyl chloride
4-Chloroaniline
2 ,4-Diaminotoluene
2 ,6-Diaminotoluene
3 ,4-Diaminotoluene
Dibenz[a, j Jacridine
2 ,6-Dichlorophenol
1 ,3-Dichloro-2-propanol
9 , 10-Dimethyl-l ,2-benzanthracene
Dimethyl sulfate
m-Dinitrobenzene
p-Dinitrobenzene
Methanesulfonic acid ethyl ester
1 ,4-Naphthoquinone
alpha-Naphthylamine
Nicotine
p-Nitroaniline
N-Nitrosodibutylamine
N-Nitroso-N-methylethylamine
N-Nitroso-N-me thy lure thane
N-Nitrosopyrrolidine
Peiitachlorobenzene
P en tach lor oe thane
Safrole
1 ,2 ,4 ,5-Tetrachlorobenzene
2 ,4 ,5-Trichlorophenol
Quantity
injected,
ng
95.3
103
116
131
122
129
88.2
107
112
97.6
126
94.5
128
113
88.8
100
114
133
123
122
86.9
158
104
140
98.1
97.6
103

Mean
0.151
0.445
0.101
0.227
0.128
0.110
0.252
0.199
0'.144
0.0293
0.138
0.157
0.0490
0.216
0.316
0.660
0.257
0.0931
0.214
0.0820
0.118
0.144
0 . 184
0.0970
0.152
0.211
0.288
RRFa
SD
0.012
0.057
0.010
0.0044
0.0000
0.0040
0.023
0.0060
0.0067
0.0048
0.0080
0.0085
0.00067
0.0081
0.011
0.011
0.024
0.0057
0.020
0.0018
0.0047
0.013
0.0053
0.0085
0.0032
0.011
0.010

RSD, %
7.9
13
9.9
1.9
0.00
3.6
9.1
3.0
4.7
16
5.8
5.4
1.4
3.8
3.5
1.7
9.3
6.1
9.3
2.2
4.0
9.0
2.9
8.8
2.1
5.2
3.5
aRRF = (AisCig)/(AisCs)
                                    18

-------
     Some other compounds investigated could not be determined  reliably  by the
GC/FID or GC/MS survey methods.  These included maleic anhydride,  thiophenol,
cyclophosphamide, and o-toluidine.  Apparently, these compounds were
irreversibly adsorbed by the GC column or were decomposed  in  solution, on  the
column, or in the injection port.
HPLC ANALYSIS

     A summary of HPLC/UV determinations  is given  in Table 5.  A.description  of
the generalized HPLC/UV analysis method including  the various  procedural
options is presented in Section 4.

     In Table 5, the option used in the determination of each  compound  is
specified.  Over half of the listed compounds were determined  by  Option 1A.
Option IB, which involved the acidification of  the eluent, was  instituted
primarily for the determination of the phenoxyacetic acids.  We observed  that
4,6-dinitro-£-cresol and methyl yellow chromatographed very  poorly  without  the
inclusion of acid in the eluent; thus, Option 1C was established  for  the  deter-
mination of these two compounds.  Option  2A was suitable for the  determination
of .N-nitroso-N-methylurea, and Option 2B  was suitable for saccharin.
(Option 2C was used for the determination of other compounds discussed  later.)
For some of the compounds, it is likely that another option—either one of  the
other options listed here or a new set of operating -conditions—would have
given results comparable to those presented in Table 5.

     The application of the specified procedures yielded the retention  times
and detection limits given in Table 5.  For most of the compounds listed,  the
initial determinations were made at a detector wavelength of 254  nm,  the  wave-
length of maximum absorbance for the phenyl functional group.  After  we had
selected optimum wavelengths for analysis, we redetermined some of  the
compounds to establish lower detection limits.  The limits established  for  the
optimum wavelengths were typically <10 ng and usually about  a  factor  of 10
lower than the limits at 254 nm.

     Table 5 cites the reference chromatograms, UV spectra,  and calibration
curves generated for the compounds listed.  The chromatograms  were  obtained  for
2- to lO-yg quantities of each analyte injected onto the appropriate  HPLC
column.  The calibration curves were plotted with  the GC/MS  data  system as
described previously for the GC determinations.  Correlation coefficients  were
typically >0.999, with a few exceptions.  For some exceptions, such as  phenol,
we obtained calibration curves that were  nonlinear.  Because these  curves  none-
theless appeared to be useful in determining the substance with reasonable
accuracy, we did not consider it necessary to determine these  substances  on
other HPLC columns or with alternative solvent  programs.
                                       19

-------
                   TABLE 5.  SUMMARY OF HPLC/UV DETERMINATIONS OF CANDIDATE POHCs
Procedural
Compound option3
Streptozotocin
Phenol
4-Nitrophenol
o-Chlorophenol
Acetophenetidine
5-Nitro-o-toluidine
Tetramethylthiuram disulfide
4-Chloro-m-cresol
2 , 4-Dichlorophenol
3-(alpha-Acetonylbenzyl)-4-
hydroxycoumarin
2,4, 6-Trichlorophenol
2 , 3 , 4 , 6-Tetrachlorophenol
Reserpine
Chlorambucil
2,4-Dichlorophenoxyacetic acid
2,4, 5-Trichlorophenoxyacetic
acid
2- (2 , 4 , 5-Trichlorophenoxy )-
propionic acid
4 , 6-Dinitro-o-cresol
Methyl yellow
N-Nitroso-N-methylurea
Saccharin
1A
1A
1A
1A
1A
1A
1A
1A
1A
I
1A
1A
1A
1A
1A
IB

IB

IB
1C
1C
2A
2B
Retention
time,
min
1.
5.
9.
12.
12.
14.
16.
16.
17.

19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
7.

14.

16.
7.
13.
8.
3.
4
4
5
4
6 ,
3
3
8
6

8
0
5
7
9
6

2

5
6
1
4
2
Wavelength
of
detection,
nm
254 /
254 /
254 /
254 /
254 /
254 /
254 /
254 /
254 /

254 /
254 /
254. /
254 /
254 /
254 /

254 /

254 /
378.
400
254 /
254 /
' 230
' -280
' 280
' 280
1 248
' 253
' 280
1 280
' 280

1 280
280
280
267
258
284

287

1 287


234
' 224
On-column
detection
limit,
ng
2
80
50/6
70/6
1,
1
1
80/4
100 / 2

2
50/7
20 / 20
30
1
70

60

40
20
3
10
2
Appendix C
Reference
chromat-
ogram
C-l
C-5
C-9
C-13
C-17
C-20
C-23
C-26
C-30

C-34
C-37
C-41
C-45
C-48
C-51

C-54

C-57
C-60
C-60
C-65
C-68
Reference
UV
spectrum
C-2
C-6
C-10
C-14
C-18
C-21
C-24
C-27
C-31

C-35
C-38
C-42
C-46
C-49
C-52

C-55

C-58
C-61
C-6 3
C-66
C-69
Reference
calibration
curve
C-3
C-7
C-ll
C-15
C-19
C-22
C-25
C-28
C-32

C-36
C-39
C-43
C-47
C-50
C-53

C-56

C-59
C-62
C-64
C-67
C-70
/
/
/
/



/
/


/
/











C-4
C-8
C-12
C-16



C-29
C-3 3


C-40
C-44
•










'See  Section 4, p. 11 for description of procedural options.

-------
     In addition to the compounds cited in Table 5, we found others that may
be determined by the generalized HPLC/UV test procedure.  Because of time
constraints, the investigation of these substances was not completed; neverthe-
less, compounds are presented in Table 6 as potential candidates for analysis
by the HPLC/UV procedure.  Retention times and approximate detection limits
were determined for the compounds on the basis of a limited number of injec-
tions of standard solutions.  The retention times of several of the compounds—
thiourea, thioacetamide, and ethylene thiourea—were uncertain because several
major peaks were observed in their chromatograms.  The presence of more than
one major peak in the chromatogram was interpreted as an indication of gross
contamination of the sample or as an indication of the decomposition of the
analyte on the HPLC column.  Thus, the feasibility of the application of the
method to the determination of these four compounds is uncertain.

     The precision of HPLC determinations for a representative group of the
candidate POHCs is demonstrated by the data in Table 7.  All but two compounds
gave <5% RSD for triplicate determinations.  The precision of the determination
of acetophenetidine was biased by one value that was 15% higher than the other
two.  Perhaps additional determinations would have proved the high result to be
a statistical outlier.  The determinations of 5-nitro-o-toluidine yielded
increasing responses with each subsequent determination; such a trend is
usually indicative of column conditioning.  Perhaps the response would reach a
stable value after repeated injections.
                                       21

-------
     TABLE 6.  POTENTIAL CANDIDATES FOR ANALYSIS BY HPLC/UV


. Procedural
Compound option3
Trypan blue
Epinephrine
Thiosemicarbazide
Thiourea
Thioacetamine
Ethylene thiourea
Crotonaldehyde
Diethylstilbestrol
Mitomycin C
Melphalan
'!• , 3 ' -Dimethyoxybenzidine
dihydrochloride
Daunomycin
Azaserine
2C
2C
2C
2C
2C
2C
2C
2C
1A
1A
1A
IB
2A

Retention
time, min
3
3
3
=3C
s4c
- =4C
5
14
5
14
= 19 ..
8
4
Approximate
on-column
detection
limiting
20
60
5
6
2
8
1
4
17
10
9
75
2
Wavelength
of
detection ,
nm
315
279
254
254
254
254
230
240
254
254
254
254
254
aSee Section 4, page 11 for description of procedural options.
^Quantity injected that should yield a response of 1000 counts on  the
 integrator.
cThe presence of several major peaks in the chromatogram made the
 assignment of a retention time difficult.
                                22

-------
                 TABLE 7.  PRECISION OF HPLC/UV DETERMINATIONS
Compound
Quantity
injected,
US
Area counts x
Mean SD
10-3
RSD, %
3-(alpha-AcetonyIbenzyl)-
  4-hydroxycoumarin
Acetophenetidine
Chlorambucil
5-Nitro-o-toluidine
^-Nitroso-N-methy1urea
Reserpine
Saccharin
Tetramethylthiuram disulfide
9.39
  52
  76
  48
  96
  50
0.977
9.45
894

962
452 .
747
108
 58.8
 42.7
264
 8.0

85
 4.0
56
 1.0
 2.5
 0.66
10
0.9

8.9
0.9
7.4
0.8
4.2
1 .5
0.4
                                       23

-------
                                   SECTION 6

                     DESCRIPTION OF SUPPLEMENTARY METHODS
                          DEVELOPMENT AND OTHER TASKS
     In addition to the work that was performed at Southern Research Institute,
other specific tasks were carried out by Battelle-Columbus Laboratories.  These
tasks are listed below:

          •    Development of analysis methods for brucine and 2-fluoroaceta-
               mide.

          •    Recommendation of potentially useful air-sampling, sample-
               preparation, and analysis procedures for various POHCs.

          •    Revision of the general sample digestion procedure and specific
               analysis methods for the determination of metals.

         'O    Evaluation of digestion and analysis procedures for beryllium,
               strontium, and vanadium.

     Most of this information is historical and has been superseded by
approaches' in the Methods Manual.  Nevertheless, we have included the results
of these tasks in Appendix D.
                                       24

-------
                                   SECTION 7

                           QUALITY-ASSURANCE SUMMARY
     The work that was done at SoRI and presented in this report was performed
under Contract 68-02-2685, Work Assignment 111.  Although the project  includes
environmentally related measurement activities, no field samplings were
analyzed.  Thus, sampling procedures, chain-of-custody procedures, and
spiked-sample matrixes were considered as inapplicable in the systematic review
of this project. • The major efforts of SoRI were to evaluate and, when
necessary, modify GC/MS and HPLC/UV generalized analysis procedures  for
candidate POHCs.  This task was accomplished with individual POHCs and mixtures
of POHCs.

     An internal audit of the project revealed no deficiencies  in the  internal
quality-control checks and data processing.  The relative retention  times,
on column detection limits, chromatograms, calibration curves,  relative  ion
abundances, spectra, and relative standard deviations in this report will be.a
guide for other analytical laboratories.  Because of subtle differences among
laboratories and analytical instrumentation, analysts who participate  in
similar studies should generate data that will establish their  own criteria  for
the analysis of POHCs.
                                       25

-------
                                  REFERENCES
1.   Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, Subtitle C SS3001-3013, 42 U.S.C.
     -SS6921-6934, 1976, and Supplement IV,  1980.

2.   Harris, J.C.; Larsen, D.J.; Rechsteiner, C.E.; and Thrun, K.E.  Sampling
     and analysis methods for hazardous waste combustion.  EPA-600/8-84-002,
     NTIS PB 84-155-845;  1984 February.

3.   Vogel, G.; Brooks, K.;  Cross, J.; Frankel, I.; Haus, S.; and Jacobsen, W.
     Guidance manual for  evaluating permit  applications for the operation of
     hazardous waste incinerator units.  Final Report, EPA Contract 68-01-6092,
     U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, D.C.;  1981 April.

4.   U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.  Test methods for  evaluating solid
     waste:  physical/chemical methods.  EPA Report No. SW-846, U.S.  Environ-
     mental Protection Agency, Cincinnnati, OH: 1980.

5.   de Vera, E.R.;  Simmons, B.P.; Stephens, R.D.; Storm, D.L.  Samplers and
     sampling procedures  for hazardous waste streams.  EPA-600/2-80-018, NTIS
     PB 80-135-353,  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Cincinnati, OH;
     1980.

6.   Federal Register 44(23): 69540-59; 1979.
                                       26

-------
                                  APPENDIX A

                        CHROMATOGRAMS AND CALIBRATION CURVES
                              FOR GC/FID DETERMINATIONS

                                     Index
Compound
 Reference
chromatogram
 Figure No.
    Reference
calibration curve
    Figure No.
2-Acetamidof luorene
Benzyl chloride
4-Chloroaniline
2 ,4-DiaminoColuene
2 ,6-Diaminotoluene
3 ,4-Diamino toluene
Dibenzfa, j ] acrid ine
2 ,6-Dichlorophenol
1 , 3-Dichloro-2-propanol
9 , 10-Dimethyl-l ,2-benzanthracene
Dimethyl sulfate
m-Dinitrobenzene
p-Dinitrobenzene
Ethylene diamine
Malononitrile
Methanesulfonic acid ethyl ester
Methylhydrazine
1 ,4-Naphthoquinone
alpha-Naphthylamine
Nicotine
p-Nitroaniline
N-Ni trosodibutylamine
N-Nitrosodiethylamine
N-Ni troso-N-me thy lethylamine
N-Nitroso-N-me thy lure thane
N-Nitrosopyrrolidine
Pentachlorobenzene
Pe n t achl or oe thane
Safrole
1 ,2 ,4 ,5-Tetrachlorobenzene
2 ,4 ,5-Trichlorophenol
A-33
A-l
A-22
A-22
A-15
A-22
A-7
A- 30
A-l
A-7
A-7
A-22
A-15
A-15
A-15
A-12
A-15
A-7
A-12
A-33
A-15
A-22
A-22
A-15
A- 30
A-15
A-l
A-l
A-33
A-l
A- 30
A-36
A-4
A-25
A- 28
A-19
A-27
A-ll
A-31
A- 2
A-10
A-8
A-29
A-20
A-16
A-18
A-13
	 a
A- 9
A-14
A- 3 5
A-21
A-26
A-23
A-17
	 a
A-17
A- 6
A- 3
A- 34
A- 5
A-32
       Calibration curve not available.
                                       27

-------
                                                        IS
         Ul
         in

         2
         
         Ul
         
-------
                                     Reproduced from
                                     best available copy.
UJ
CO
Z
O
Q.
CO
LU
cc
                x>
             x/
                2 O 0
400
6 0 0
1 0 O O
1200
1400
                                   QUANTITY ON COLUMN, ng
 Figure A-2.   Calibration curve  for  the  determination of

              1,3-dichloro-2-propanol by GC/FID.
              Range:  21 -  1000  ng

              Correlation coefficient:   0.997

              Slope:  4.4 x  10~3

              y-Intercept:   2 .4  x  10~2
                                        29

-------
   4 . 0
2
O
o.
«/>
UJ
   2 . 0 I-
QC  -
UJ
>
p
<  1.51-
_l
UJ
CC

   1 .0
                                                                _.•
                           409        600        S00        1000



                                   QUANTITY ON COLUMN, ng
1200
1403
 Figure A-3.   Calibration curve for the determination of
              pentachloroethane by GC/FID.



              Range:  65 - 1300 ng
              Correlation coefficient:  0.999

              Slope:  2.8 x 10~3
              y-Intercept:  2.9 x  10~2
                                         30

-------
 CO

 O
 a.
 a.
 UJ
              1 0 0
         2 0 0
                               jyy
4 @ £1     5 0 0
600
                                                               r' U t'
S 0 0     9 0 0
                                  QUANTITY DIM COLUMN, ng
Figure A-4.  Calibration curve  for  the  determination of
             benzyl chloride  by GC/FID.
Range:  48 - 720 ng
Correlation coefficient:
Slope: 1 .4 x 1U"1
y-Intercept:  1 .6 x 10" !
                                        0.999
                                           31

-------
     6 '-
 to

 I   4
 CO
 01
 tr
 Ui
 UJ
 DC
                    20Q
4 0 0           6 6 0

 QUANTITY ON COLUMN, ng
800
1000
Figure A-5.   Calibration curve  for  the determination of
             1,2,4,5-tetrachlorobenzene by  GC/FID.
             Range:  18-910 ng
             Correlation coefficient:  0.999
             Slope:  7.2 X 10"3
             y-Intercept:  4 .6 x.  10~2
                                        32

-------
Ul
in
Z
o
a.
CO
01
oc
<
LU
cr
    1 -•
                             490         609          30


                                  QUANTITY ON COLUMN, ng
1000
1200
Figure A-6.  Calibration  curve  for Che determination of
             pentachlorobenzene by GC/FID.
              Range:   19  -  970 ng
              Correlation coefficient:   0.999

              Slope:   6.4 x 10~3
              y-Intercept:   1.0 x 10~2
                                         33

-------
    01
    e/»
    O .
    0.
   tr
   Q
   iZ
   6
                                15      20      25
                                  RETENTION TIME, min
30
35
                40
Figure A-7.   Chromatogram by GC/FID  for

             (A)  dimethyl sulfate(tn  =  3.4 min),
             (B)  1,4-naphthoquinonettR  =  11.7 min),
             (C)  9,10-dimethyl-l,2-benzanthracene(tR
             (D)  dibenzfa,j]acridine(CR = 31.5 rain).

             Temperature program:
                  40  °C, 0 min  isothermal
                  40  CC to   280  °C  at  10 °C/min
                  280  °C, 15 min  isothermal
  26.0  min),  and
                                       34

-------
   2 .0
   1 .5
00


O
a.
CO
LU
   0 .0
           y-
                              490         600    .     300'


                                  QUANTITY ON COLUMN, ng
1000
1 2 0 0
 Figure  A-8.   Calibration  curve  for  the  determination of

              dimethyl  sulfate  by GC/FID.
              Range:  120  -  1200 ng

              Correlation coefficient:  0.999

              Slope:  1.1  x  10~3

              y-Intercept:  -2.0 x 10~2
                                        35

-------
LU
CO
z
O
Q.
in
UJ
cc
<
_!

CC
    14


    13 -


    12


    1 1


    10 h

                    2 3 3
4 @ 0           t- 0 0



 QUANTITY ON COLUMN, ng
300
1000
 Figure A-9.  Calibration curve  for  Che  determination of

              1 ,4-naphthoquinone by  GC/FID.





              Range:  20-830  ng

              Correlation coefficient:  0.999

              Slope:  1.6 x  10~2

              y-Intercept:  4.0  x 10~2
                                          36

-------
CO
Z
o
a.
CO
LLI
OC
10. -
 ,L
                                                              >•
                                                           x
                                                     X
                                                       x
            X
                       2 Q 0               4 0 0              6 0 0

                                 QUANTITY ON COLUMN, ng
                                                                        S0.0
Figure A-10.
          Calibration curve for the determination of
          9,10-dimethyl-l,2-benzanthracene by GC/FID.
              Range: 46 - 680 ng
              Correlation coefficient: 0.998
              Slope: 1.9 x 10~2
              y-Intercept: -2.9 x. 10" 1
                                        37

-------
   14



   13



   12



   1 1



   10
U)


O
a.
(/»
m
cc
                                "'
                   200
                 4 @ 0           f. 0 0           8 0 O



                   QUANTITY ON COLUMN, ng
lOOO
 Figure A-l1.
Calibration curve for the determination of

dibenz[a,j]acridine by GC/FID.
               Range: 41 - 820 ng

               Correlation coefficient: 0.999

               Slope: 1.6 x 10~2

               y-Intercept: 3 .b x.  10~2
                                         38

-------
                                               B
                                                       IS
       UJ
       ta
       O
       a.
       
       tu
       oc
       u
       O
                                       _L
                                       10          15
                                    RETENTION TIME, min
20
25
Figure A-12.  Chroraatogram  by GC/FID for
              (A)  methanesulfonic  acid ethyl esCer(tR =  4.6 min)  and
              (B)  alpha-naphthylamineCtp = 13.6 min).

              Temperature  program:
                   40  °C,  0 min isothermal
                   40  CC  to   280 °C at 10 3C/min
                   280  °C,  15 min isothermal
                                        39

-------
 UJ
 CO

 O
 a
 at
 cc
 ui
 >
 P

                                400          see          see

                                  QUANTITY ON COLUMN, ng
Figure A-13.
Calibration curve for the determination of
methanesultonic acid ethyl ester by GC/FID.
              Range: 56 - 1100 ng
              Correlation coefficient: 0.999
              Slope: 5.2 x 10~3
              y-Intercept: 1.6 x 10~2
                                       40

-------
   24
CO


O  14
Q.
CO
LJJ
oc  12

01


Z  10
                                                           X
                   ii 0 tf
                  400


                   QUANTITY ON COLUMN, ng
S 0 0
1000
Figure  A-14.
Calibration curve for Che determination of
alpha-naphthylamine by GC/FID.
               Range:   20 -  990 ng
               Correlation coefficient: 0.999

               Slope:  2.3 x  10~2
               y-Intercept:  b.2 x 10~2
                                        41

-------
            Z
            o
cc
o
iZ
u
o
                                                           IS
                       A  C
                        B
                                            I
                                             I
                                            10           15
                                         RETENTION TIME, min
                                                        20
25
Figure A-15.  Chromatogram by GC/FID for
              (A)  methyl hydrazine(tR = 1.1 min),
              (B)  ethylene diamine(tR =1.4 min),
              (C)  J^-ni troso-^N-methylethylamine( tR =3.0 min),
              (D)  malononitrileCtR = 3.3 min),
              (E)  2,6-diaminotoluene(tR = 11.4 min),
              (F)  j)-dinitrobenzene( tR = 12.0 min), and
              (G)  2.-nitroaniline( tR = 14.3 min).

              Temperature program:
                   40  °C, 0 min isothermal
                   40  °C to  280  CC at 10  °C/min
                   280 CC,-15 min isothermal
                                      42

-------
 I
 00
 HI
 cc

 UJ
 >


 <
                           .X'
                    £ 0 0
                    4 y O           6 u 6




                    QUANTITY ON COLUMN, ng
S 9 0
1000
Figure A-16-.
Calibration curve for the determination of


ethylene diamine by GC/FID.







Range:  97 - 970 ng

Correlation coefficient: 0.997


Slope: 7.4 x 10~3

y-Intercept: I.1 x  ID"1
                                        43

-------
 LU
 cc
 CO
 Z
 O
 a.
                                  4 0 0           6 6 @


                                   QUANTITY ON COLUMN, ng
                                                S00
1000
Figure A-17.
Calibration curve for Che determination  of
N-nitroso-N-methylethylamine by GC/FID.
              Range: 57 - 910 ng
              Correlation coefficient: 0.998

              Slope: 8.5 x 10"3
              y-lntercept: 1.8 x  10"l
                                        44

-------
 C/5
 Z
 o
 Q.
 CO
                    200
400


QUANTITY ON COLUMN, ng
800
1000
Figure A-18.  Calibration curve for the determination of
              malononitrile by GC/FID.
              Range: 99 - 990 ng
              Correlation coefficient: 0.998
              Slope: 8.9 x 10~3
              y-Intercept: -8.1 x  10  2
                                        45

-------
 Ul
 40


 O
 a.
 CO
 LU
 oc

 ID
<

UJ
tr
     3 h
                               x
                          X
               X"
                                  400           660



                                   QUANTITY ON COLUMN, ng
                                                                          1000
Figure A-19.  Calibration curve for the determination  of

              2,6-diaminotoluene by GC/FID.
              Range:  5.7 - 910 ng

              Correlation coefficient: 0.999

              Slope: 1.5 x 10~2

              y-Intercept: -1.0 x  10~2
                                        46

-------
 z
 o
 Q.
 t/i
 Ol
 CC
 >   4 .
      1 •

                    2 o 0
                   460           66@



                    QUANTITY ON COLUMN, ng
see
1000
Figure A-20.
Calibration curve for the determination of

p-dinitrobenzene by GC/FID.
              Range:  24 - 950 ng

              Correlation coefficient:  0.999

              Slope:  8.9 x 10~3

              y-Intercept:  -4.4 x 10~2
                                        47

-------
     11




     10
  Lti   7
  v>   '




 I  . <-
  LU
  DC

  LU   C
                    200
                    400           600




                     QUANTITY ON COLUMN, ng
see
looe
Figure A-21.
Calibration curve for the determination  of

j>-nitroaniline by GC/FID.
              Range: 6.0 - 990 ng

              Correlation coefficient: 0.999

              Slope: 1.1 x 10~2

              y-Intercept: -5.9 x  10~2

-------
                                                          IS
                                  B
         LU
         c/j
         O
         %
         LU
         cc
         O
         o
                             _L
                           J_
Figure A-22.
   0           5           10          15
                         RETENTION TIME, min

Chromatogram by GC/FID  for
                                                                 20
25
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
(F)
(G)
                    ^J-nitrosodiethylamineC tR =3.9  min) ,
                                             =  6.8  min),
                    4-chloroaniline( tR =8.8 min),
                    J^-nitrosodibutylamine(tR = 9.7 min),
                    3 ,4-diaminotoluene( tR  =  10.4 min),
                    2 ,4-diaminotoluene( tn  =  11.6 min),  and
                    m-dinitrobenzene( tD  =  12.4 min).
                    —                 K
              Temperature program:
                    40  °C, 0 min  isothermal
                    40  °C to  280  "C  at  10  cC/min
                    280  "C, 15 min  isothermal
                                        49

-------
     11

     10
  LU
  CO

  1
  UJ
  cc
  SJ
                  1:00
              400        600    .    800       1000


                     QUANTITY ON COLUMN, ng
1200
Figure A-23.
Calibration curve for the determination of
N-nitrosodiethylamine by GC/FID.
              Range:  110 - 1100 ng
              Correlation coefficient:  0.997
              Slope:  8.6 x 10~3
              y-Intercept:  2.U x  10~1
                                         50

-------
    16
    14
10
O
Q.
(/>
LU
cc

uj
                                                      ..•-X"
UJ
cc
               200       4@0"'     600      300       1000



                                  QUANTITY ON COLUMN, ng
                                                            1200      1400
 Figure  A-24.
           Calibration curve  for  the  determination of

           Jtf-nitrosopyrrolidine by GC/FID.
               Range:  15 - 1500 ng

               Correlation coefficient:  0.998

               Slope:  1.0 x 10~2

               y-Intercept:  7.6 x  10~2
                                          51

-------
     14  -
     12 1-
 ui
 CO



 1
 CO
 LLJ
 cc
                      X
                  2 @ 8
               488
600
8*0
1000
1200
                                   QUANTITY ON COLUMN, ng
Figure A-25.
Calibration curve for the determination  of

4-chloroaniline by GC/FID.
              Range:  11 -  1100 ng

              Correlation coefficient:  0.999

              Slope:  1.2 x  10~2

              y-Intercept:   1.3 x  10" l
                                         52

-------
    14 L
o
a.
CO
LU

(C
                2 0 0
                       too       see



                  QUANTITY ON COLUMN, ng
1000
1200
1400
Figure A-26.
Calibration curve for the determination of

N-nitrosodibutylamine by GC/FID.
              Range:  110 - 1100 ng

              Correlation coefficient:  0.999

              Slope:  1.3 x 10~2

              y-Intercept:  I.9 x 10"l
                                        53

-------
C/5

I
V)
Ui
oc
LU
CC
                200
           400
see
1600      1200      1400
                                 QUANTITY ON COLUMN, ng
Figure A-27.
Calibration curve for the determination of
3,4-diaminotoluene by GC/FID.
              Range:  12 - 1400 ng
              Correlation coefficient:   0.996
              Slope:  1.2 x 10~2
              y-Intercept:  2.0 x 10~2

-------
    16
    14
    12
UJ
V)


\   10

LU
cc
UJ
     '
                                  _,,"•">
                              .- ^...

                               ""

                                                                           j_
               2 8 0
          400
606
300
1 O 0 O
1200
1400
                                 QUANTITY ON COLUMN, ng
 Figure A-28.
Calibration curve for the determination of
2,4-diaminotoluene by GC/FID.
               Range:  12 -  1400  ng
               Correlation coefficient:   0.996

               Slope:  1.2 *  10~2
               y-Intercept:   b.Q  x  10  2
                                         55

-------
 UJ
 CO


 I
 V)
 LLJ
 CC
 _l
 LLJ

 CC
     10 r
               1 @ 0
        £ 0 0
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
                                  QUANTITY ON COLUMN, ng
Figure A-29.
Calibration curve  for  the  determination of

m-dinitrobenzene by GC/FID.
              Range:   120  -  880 ng

              Correlation  coefficient:   0.999

              Slope:   1.1  x  10~2

              y-Intercept:   6.1 x 10~2
                                       56

-------
          LU
          CO


          I
          CO
         ci
         a
                                                          IS
                                       B
                                          I
I
                                          10           15

                                       RETENTION TIME, min
            20
25
Figure A-30.   Chromatogram by  GC/FID for
              (A)  ^J-nitroso-N-methylurethaneCt,, = 4.4 min),
              (B)  2,6-dichlorophenoKtp = 8.7 min), and
              (C)  2,4,5-trichlorophenoHtR = 11.0 min).

              Temperature  program:
                   40  CC,  0 min isothermal
                   40  °C to   280 °C at 10 °C/min
                   280  °C,  15  min isothermal
                                          57

-------
     I;.
 Ill
 CO


 1   5
 CO
 UJ
 oc

 >   4
 K
 <
                     £90
                        400             600

                   QUANTITY ON COLUMN, ng
see
Figure A-31.
Calibration curve for the determination of
2,6-dichlorophenol by GC/FID.


Range:  20 - 900 ng
Correlation coefficient: 0.998
Slope: 8.9 x 10~3
y-Intercept: 1.4 x 10'1
                                       58

-------
      t r
  o
  Q.
  c/j
                                       408




                                   QUANTITY ON COLUMN, ng
                                                         800
Figure A-32.
Calibration curve for the determination of

2,4,5-trichlorophenol by GC/FID.
              Range: 20 - 860 ng

              Correlation coefficient: 0.998

              Slope: 5.9 x 10*3

              y-Intercept: 1.1 x 10"*
                                        59

-------
       o
       a.
       V)
       UJ
       cc
       u
       o
                                                       IS
                                         B
Figure A-33.
 0           5           10          15
                       RETENTION TIME, min
Chromatogram by GC/FID for

(A)  safrole(tR = 9.9 min),
(B)  nicotine(tR = 10.7 min), and
(C)  2-acetamidofluorene(tR = 22.5 min).

Temperature program:
     40  °C, 0 min isothermal
     40  °C to  280  °C at  10  °C/min
     280  °C, 15 min isothermal
                                                               20
25
                                         60

-------
     12
  v>
  Z
  o
  Q.
  V)
  UJ
                                  408           6Q0          880

                                   QUANTITY ON COLUMN, ng
                                                             1088
Figure A-34.
Calibration curve for the determination of
safrole by GC/FID.
              Range: 46 - 910 ng
              Correlation coefficient: 0.999
              Slope: 1.4 x 10~2
              y-Intercept: 2.8 x 10"!
                                          61

-------
      16
      14
      12
  CO

  O   10 I-
  Q.
  CO
  LU
  OC
                                        #
                                           #-••"
                             ..-• ,•••
                           .,-• ..-•••'"
                                                                   ,x
                                                             -•%•••
                    200
400         600          see

     QUANTITY ON COLUMN, ng
ieee
1200
Figure A-35.  Calibration  curve  for the determination of
              nicotine  by  GC/FID.
              Range:   53  -  1100 ng
              Correlation coefficient: 0.998
              Slope:  1.5  x  10~2
              y-lntercept:  -3.1 x 10"l
                                         62

-------
    1 4
    12
  2
  CO
  UJ
  oc
                      200
                        4(36             600

                     QUANTITY ON COLUMN, ng
S00
Figure A-3b.
Calibration curve for the determination of
2-acetamidofluorene by GC/FID.
              Range: 18 - 890 ng
              Correlation coefficient: 0.999
              Slope: 1.5 x 10~2
              y-Intercept: -5.3 x  10~2
                                       63

-------
    z
    o
    Q.
    00
    UJ
    cc
    u
    o
                                   IS
I
1




1
1
UL
u<
- - __
1
.JJoj
|
>-

1 1 1 1
                                  RETENTION TIME, min
Figure A-37.  Chromatogram by GC/FID  for all candidate POHCs,



              Temperature program:

                   40  CC, 0 min  isothermal

                   40  CC to  280 CC at  10 cC/min

                   280  CC, 15 min isothermal
                                         64

-------
                           APPENDIX  B

          CHROMATOGIIAMS, MASS SPECTRA, AND CALIBRATION
                 CURVES FOR GC/MS DETERMINATIONS

                              Index
Compound
2-Acetamidof luorene
Benzyl chloride
4-Ghloroaniline
2 ,4-Diaminotoluene
2 ,6-Diaminotoluene
3 ,4-Diaminotoluene
Dibenzfa, j ] acridine
2 ,6-Dichlorophenol
1 , 3-Dichloro-2-propanol
9,10-Dimethyl-
1 ,2-benzanthracene
Dimethyl sulfate
m-Dinitrobenzene
p-Dinitrobenzene
Mai ononit rile
Methanesulfonic acid
ethyl ester
1 ,4-Naphthoquinone
alpha-Naphthylamine
Nicotine
p-Nitroaniline
N-Nitrosodibutylamine
N-Ni trosodiethylamine
N-Nitroso-N-
me t hy 1 ethyl ami ne
N-Nitrosopyrrolidine
Peatachlorobenzene
Pen tachloroe thane
Safrole
1,2,4, 5-Tetrachlorobenzene
2 ,4 ,5-Trichlorophenol
Reference
chromatogram
Figure No.
B-58
B-l
3-26
B-26
B-4.1
B-26
B-12
B-51
B-l
B-12

B-12
B-26
B-41
B-41
B-21

B-12
B-21
B-58
B-41
B-26
B-26
B-41

B-26
B-l
B-l
B-58
B-l
B-51
Reference
mass
spectrum
Figure No.
" B-63
B-6
B-31
B-37
B-44
B-35
B-19
B-54
B-2
B-17

B-13
B-39
B-46
B-50
B-22

B-15
B-24
B-61
B-48
B-33
B-2 7
B-42

B-29
B-10
B-4
B-59
B-8
B-56
Reference
calibration
curve
•Figure No.
— a
B-7
B-32
B-38
B-4 5
B-36
B-20
B-55
B-3
B-18

B-14
B-40
B-47
— a
B-23

B-16
B-25
B-62
B-49
B-34
B-28
B-43

B-30
B-ll
B-5
B-60
B-9
B-5 7
Calibration curve not available.
                                65

-------
                   B

                                                                         IS
                                            11
12
14
15
16
17
IS
Figure B-l.   Chromatogram by GC/MS for

             (A)  1,3-dichloro--2-propanol(tn = 4.6 min) .
             (B)  pentachloroethane(tR =5.7 min),
             (C)  benzyl chloride(tR =6.4 min),
             (D)  1,2,4,5-tetrachlorobenzene(tR = 11.2 min), and
             (E)  pentachlorobenzeneCtR = 13.8 min).

             Temperature program:
                  40 °C, 0 min isothermal
                  40 °C to  280  °C at 10 °C/min
                  280 rC, 15 min isothermal
                                        66

-------
                                  Reproduced from
                                  best availaole copy.
LfiRGST 4 : 79.1,1 OO . 0 3 1.0, 38 .4 43.2,26.7 49.1,20.2
LflST 4: 139.3, .1 163.2, .1 179.3, .1 130.3, .1
100.
60;
40!
20!
•0"
100.
30!
60!
40.
20
0




, |
20 40
• -




	 '•'•"• 1S\3 	 '""20Vi




I..I, ||m. i|., Kill- nmtn'tti





60 30 100 120 140 160





220 240 260 230 306 32S
Figure  B-2.  Mass  spectrum for 1,3-dichloro-2-propanol
                                            67

-------
TABLE B.I  KEY IONS AND RELATIVE ABUNDANCES
              FOR 1.3-DICHLORO-2-PROPANOL
M/Z
41
42
43
44
45
47
49
SO
51
52
53
55
56
57
60
61

62
63
65
63
72
73
75

76
Abundance
2 . :::
3 .' 1
26.7
4.1
• •"•
3 . 5
20.2
2.5
5.9
1 .0
.9
1 .2
.7
1 .5
.7
1 .6

§ •?
1 .*7
1 .O
.1
..5-
1.1
3 . 3

1 .2
M/Z
f' (''
79
SI
32
36
33
91
92
93
94
96
97
102

110
112
115
117

127
123
129

133
1413

Abundance M/Z Abundance
1.3 163 .1
100.0
33.4 179 .1
•7 139 .1
.4
.2
1 .1
.4 .
.5
.4
.2
' .2
•">
m w

.2
.1
- .0
.1

.1
.1
.2

.1
.1

                          68

-------
   CO
   Z
   O
   Q.
   tO
   LU
                               30      40      50      66

                                    QUANTITY ON COLUMN, ng
Figure B-3.  Calibration curve for the determination of
             1,3-dichloro-2-propanol by GC/MS.
             Range:  9.0-86 ng
             Correlation coefficient:  0.996
             Slope:  6.7 x 10
             y-Intercept:  -1.5 x 10"1
                                       69

-------
LflRGST
LflST 4
L 0 0
30.
60!
40
0'
1 0 0
60!
40.
0























4: 117.0,100.
207. T,









I



,

	 20! 	 	 4I0U '



130 200
0'




II
1





"iJ" '"60



'•!•••• i;::'



>:
1:3.9, 37.1 167.0, 31.3 164.9, 64.9
0:5.0, .2 219.4, .2 236.0, .2






-








30



24'0




!,,,!

-


1




li,



, II
l&Q 120 140 160



2 6 0 280 300 320
Figure B-4.   Mass spectrum for pentachloroethane.
                                        70

-------
TABLE B-2.  KEY IONS AND RELATIVE ABUNDANCES
                  FOR PENTACHLOROETHANE
M/Z
42
44
47
48
49
50
52
56
57
60
61

62
6 3
65
KI*,
67
70
72
74
75

73
32
83
34
Abundance


32
1 1
1 1
4



55
6

17

1
1

2
. l




16
39
12
.4

i4
?
. 6

'.3
.3

i3
.3

.7
'*'
• 
-------
    3 .0
    2.0
 z •
 o
 d.
 
-------
LflRGST 4: 91.1,109.13 126.2, 16.1 65.0, 15.5 63.2, 11.3
LOST 4: 184.0, .9 191.5, .0 199.3, .0 297.1, .1 .
100.
30.
60!
48.
20!
0"
1 0 0
36.
60!
40.
20
0





	 	 	 [T1 n . , . . , ., T -r 	 rri M ' 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 	 1 1 i M J 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ' 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ' 1 1 1 1 1
20 40 60 30






100 120 14'0 160

-
'


	 '"" iW' "•''•'•' 20y " ''"'"" 22'0 	 '"" 24^ 	 '"" 26'0' 	 '"" £S^ 	 '"" 30'fe' 	 '"" 32'0
Figure B-6.   Mass spectrum for benzyl chloride.
                                         73

-------
TABLE B-3.  KEY IONS AND RELATIVE ABUNDANCES
                   FOR BENZYL CHLORIDE
M/Z
41
43
44
45
47

43
49
50
51
52
53
61

62
63
65
66
67
69
71
73
74
75
76
r r
Abundance M/Z







1
6
I
2

g£

5
11
15




1
1
1


.6
.2
.4
. 6
.3

.4
.3
• €•
. -"!
.5
.3
.4

. 6
.3
. 5
.9
.1
.1
.1
•?
.2
• 2
. 6'
.4
? O
79
30
31
32
34
35
36
•I- r
39

91
9 2
93
95
97
99
131

106
1 11
113
1 14
117
1 19
121
Abundance M/Z
.1
. 0
.1
.1
. 1
.4
1 . 0
1 .3
• r
9.4

100.0
7.3
. 3
.1
, ^
1 .1
.4

.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.1
.0
126
127
123
129
130

132
134

154
155 '
153

163

134

191
199

207





Abundance
16.1
2.0
5 .6
.5
.0

.0
.0

.0
.0
.0

• 0

.0

.0
.0

. 1






-------
    11
       r

 o
 a.
 CO
 UJ
 
-------
LflRGST 4:
LflST 4:
100.
80.
60
40.
20!
0"
100.
30.
60.
40.
20
o












'' ' ' ' j;:












I
,\
215.9,100.0 213.9. 35.1 217.9, 52.3 74.2, 36.3
219.1, 3.3 219.3, 10.2 220.3, .6 221.3, .7





i 	
.11 llll|llll IIII|MII llll|lll




il,





60 30 ' 100 ' 120 14B 160




i ..

Figure B-b.   Mass spectrum for 1,2,4,5-Cetrachlorobenzene.
                                         76

-------
TABLE  B-4.   KEY  IONS AND RELATIVE ABUNDANCES
              FOR 1,2,4,5-TETRACHLOROBENZENE
M/Z
41
43
44
45
47

43
49
50
51
54
55
57
60
61

62
6 3
64
66
67
6 S
72
-r ••.
i .'
74-
75

Abundance




•-•

••.
10
4

1


6
9

4





14
26
3 6
---

.1
• liL
.2
.4
.0

.7
.3
.9
.3
.3
. 8
. i
.3
. 2

.3
.5
. 2
. 3
, ^J
•"•'
t ;5
];•;
• '!<


M/Z
76
77
73
r o
'I- w
34
35
36
37
39

90
91
92
'93
94
95
96
Cl 7
9 :-l
99

107
103
109
110
1 11
Abundance





13
4
6

2

3



2
2
4
3
1


3
C '"•
24
9
"'
.1
. 2
-i
.0
. 9
.5
.0
.3
. 5
.'7

.0
• I'
. 2
'"!
7
.0
. 6
. 6
.5
.3

. 7
. 8
'"'
. 4

M/Z
112

113
119
120
121
122
123
124
129
131

132
134
13S
143
144
145

146
147
143
149
153
154
155
156
Abundance
. 6

3 . 3
2.5
3.0
1 .6

.':3
.1
.1
1 .1

•7
m 2
.0
18.9
S.6
13.5

5.5
2.6
.9
"T*
" -^
\ 7
•*•
. 6
M/Z
153 '

165
167
169
170
171

179
130
131
132
133
134
135

214

216
213-
219
2 2 0
221




Abundance
.2

.3

. 6
. 1


22 .''<
5.3
23.5
2 . -
6 . 0
. 6
. !:i

35. 1

' 100.0
52.3
3.3
10.2
. 6




                    I Reproduced from
                    1 best available copy.
                              77

-------
    v . H -
LU
CO
Z
O
a.      I
00      I
UJ
cc   1 .5 r
LU
    1 .0
                   10
                 20        .  30           40


                   QUANTITY ON COLUMN, ng
 Figure B-9.
Calibration curve for the determination  of

1,2,4,5-tetrachlorobenzene by GC/MS.
              Range:  2.0 - 59 ng
              Correlation coefficient:  0.991

              Slope:  4.3 x 10'2
              y-Intercept:  -1.3 x  10
                                         78

-------
LflRGST 4 :
LflST 4 :
103.
30"
60."
40^
20"
0
100
30^
60.
40.
20
0






249.3,100. 0
256.0, 4.1
"




1,1.














' 20 ' 4'0 ' .




ill
	 ''''"' 13



•
l!n ill i ii
0 	 ' '" 20'0 ' '"











ii
251.. 3,
256.9,





|i< njl
60




.1
;j(ii"' ' "i"
62.4 247.3, 61.3 1US.0, 40.3
.4 £57.9, .5 269.0, .2





II 1
i , ,| 'h I1 ''•• '1 1' •'-- '!' • • I"' 	
30





.. „„,„.. ..
100 ' 120 140 160

-


•In i

Figure B-10.  Mass spectrum for pentachlorobenzene.
                                         79

-------
TABLE B-5.  KEY IONS AND RELATIVE ABUNDANCES FOR PENTACHLOROBENZENE
M/Z Abundance M/Z
1 I
41 .2 90
42 • .6 91
43 .3 94
47 10.1 95
96
43 3r3 97
49 5.6 9*
50 .9 101
51 .0
52 .1
53 .7
54 1.1 104
55 .6 106
56 .4 107
60 6.9 103
61 9.4 109
1 10
62 1.6 111
67 .4 116
67 .1
69 .1 113
71 10.6
72 11.8 '
7 ''•'• 2 7 . O
74 2.7 11'?
120
79 .1 12 1

32 1.4 124
33 5.0 125
34 10.2 . 126
35 2.7 127
36 2.6 123'
3 7 .3 1 3 0
39 5.0 131


Abundance M/Z Abundance
4.7 132 .3
1.3 133 1.5
2.3 134 .4
4.4 135 .1
6.7 142 9.7
1.4 143 15.5
1.3 144 7.0
.2 145 9.9



.5 146 1.3 '
4.3 147 1.4
13.5 143 .2
40.3 153 .*
7.7 154 .8
13.2 155 .4
1.1
"^ 156 .6
•5 f, 1 •-' '" • 4
153 .2

1 6 5 . 6
1.3 167 .6
6.2 ' 169 _ .3
1.1
.3 177 3.0
3.1 173 11.7
5.9 179 3.6
4.2 ISO 10.7
.9 131 3,2
.3 132 3,6
1.0 133 .r-
1 .9 134 .4

Reproduced Irorn /'
-------
CO
Z
O
a.
<.

tu
CC


   0.0 L
              19      £0       30       40       50       60


                                 QUANTITY ON COLUMN, ng
                                                70
SO
Figure B-ll.
Calibration curve for the determination of
pentachlorobenzene by GC/MS.
Range:  8.3 - SO ng
Correlation coefficient:
Slope:  2.3 x 10"2
y-Intercept:  1 .0 x 10~ *
                                        0.993
                                        81

-------
        •• v,.
                                        IS
                             B
,J
                                                                            D
                                                                         -,»•••'••  "•-.>.,„
        ~T	1	1	1	1	1	1	1	1	1	1	1	1	1	1	1	1	1	1	1	1	\	1	1	1	1	1	1	1	1	[—
        45673-5  1011 12 1314 15 1617 18 192S21 £2232425262728293031 323334
Figure B-12.   Chromatogram by GC/MS for
              (A)   dimethyl  sulfate(tR =  4.0  min),
              (B)   1 ,4-naphthoquinone(t|j  =  12.3  min),
              (C)   9,10-dimethyl-l,2-benzanthracene(tR
              (D)   dibenz[a,j]acridine(to = 31.6 min).

              Temperature  program:
                   40 CC,  0  min isothermal
                   40 to  280  CC at  10 cC/min
                   280 °C,  15  min isothermal
        26.2 min), and
                                        82

-------
LfiRGST 4: 95.0,106.
LfiST 4: 136.6,
100.
30!
60.
20!
0"
100.
80!
60,
40.
20.
0




,1
2'0 ' 4^

-



1 8 6 2 0 0
0 96
6 139




I i |l
' 6!0





' 22'0
.0, 76.2 65.9, 27.8 79 . 1 , 20 . 1
.1, .5 1S3.0, .5 209.6, .6





(





^




il_. -_.,_,




li 1,
30 100 120 140 160





i'0" " '""26i3 	 '""2Si3 	 '""30i3 	 '1""3210
Figure B-13.  Mass spectrum for dimethyl sulfate.
                                         83

-------
TABLE B-6.  KEY IONS AND RELATIVE
            ABUNDANCES FOR
            DIMETHYL SULFATE
M/Z
43
45

43
49
50
51
52
54
59
61

62
64
65
66
67
63
75
76
73
79
SO
81
Abundance
1 .3
10.7

17.2
6.1
2.4
. 9
1 .0
1 .0
.9
1 .0

. 7
13.6
15.9
27.3
1 .4
2.S
1 .0
1 .0
9.0
26.1
1 .6
3.0
M/Z
95
•36
97
93
99

111
115

126
125
126
127
129

133
134
136
139
133

299


Abundance
100.0
76.2
9.3
4.7
.3

.6
.5

.5
6.1
4.2
1 .0
.5

.5
.4
.6
.5
.5

.6


91         .5
                      84

-------
   1 .0
CO
2    .6
O
CL
CO
LLJ

     .4
tu
IT
                               40          68          SO



                                  QUANTITY ON COLUMN, ng
                                                     100
120
Figure B-14.
Calibration curve for the determination  of

dimethyl sultate by GC/MS.
              Range: 16 - 120 ng

              Correlation coefficient: 0.985

              Slope: 7.2 x 10~3

              y-Intercept: 1 .0 x 10"!
                                        85

-------
                                Reproduced (rom
                                best available copy.
LflRGST 4: 153.0', 130.0
LflST 4: 193.2, .3
100.
30
60"
40^
£0!
0"
1 3 0
30"
20.
3





„„ ,.,,.,,,, ,„,.,,,, ,,,,.,, 	 ,.,„, ,,,|
20 40



	 '""18& 	 '"' 20'y 	
102.1 ,
209.5,





ill nnilll, liniii
60



2 2'0 '
66.5 104
.3 244




||










......iiii., 	 ...i...
80 1 00



.0 , 65 .5 76 .9 , 6.1 .6
.3, .3 343.3, .3















1 i ii
1 12'y















1 4 '0 ' 1 6!0

-

240 260 230 300 32y
Figure B-15.   Mass spectrum for  1,4-naphthoquinone.
                                            86

-------
TABLE B-7.  KEY IONS AND RELATIVE  ABUNDANCES
                 FOR 1,4-NAPHTHOQUINONE
M/Z    Abundance    M/Z    Abundance   M/Z     Abundance


 44        .1
 47        .5

 43      1 .3
 4'?      4.1
 50     34.0
 51     1 0 . fi
 52      3.9
 53      6.5
 54      5.1
 55        .3
 56        .5
 60        .2
 61      2.9

 62      3.7
 63      2.3
 64        .2
 65        .2
 66      1 .3
 67        .4
 68 '        .4
 73      5.3
 74     22.8
 75  .   21.3

 76     61.6
77
r' y
79
si
ft 2
84
35
86
37
S3
96
97
93
99
102

104
105
106
103
109
110
11 1
113
1 14
115
7




1
2
•".
•_<
1



1

66

65
5


1





.3
.3
-.
.*4
. I''
•^
• 1'
.1
.2
.9
.4
.4
.5
.9
.3
.5

.5
.5
.5
.3
.0
.4
.4
.4
.4
.4
119
121
122
123
130
131

• 132 •
135 .
141
147
149
153
159

'160

192
193

209

245

343

. .1
.4
.3
.4
45.4
4.7

1 .1
.5
.2
.4
•5
. •— '
100 .0
11 .5

1 .5

.4
^i

.3

.3

.-i
• -'

                           87

-------
   1 .0
V)    ,-,
O
o.
"»   . 7
LU
cc

>   -t'

§   .5
01
                      ,

                                      40          •     60

                                   QUANTITY INJECTED, ng
Figure B-16.
Calibration curve for the determination of
1,4-naphthoquinone by GC/MS.
              Range:  7.1 - 89 ng
              Correlation coefficient:  0.975
              Slope: 1.4 x  10~2
              y-Intercept:  9.8 x 10~2
                                        88

-------
LfiRGST 4: 256.0,100.0 241.1, 53
LflST 4: 2:35.8, .1 290.0,
100.
8 0
60
40
20
0
1 0 0
:? 0
60.
40.
20
0
i






.7 23'?. 9, 36.1 240.2, 35.7
.1 295.2, .0 327.2, .1




1
	 i ,..iii... .11 	 ....II! 	
	 '• 	 £&' 	 ' 	 4ft 	 6# '' 30 	 '


.

„,, ,„„„ ., 	 .,,, 	 „ ...I,,,., .,
""'" is&" l- ' 20'0 ""' '22'0 '"'24




!, • It
L00 12Q . 140 160





II. ..1. .11. ••jjy •."( 	 'J','11'" ""1 	 '.".'11'" I"Ir¥" '."_'|_
O 2frO 2S0 300 320
Figure B-17.  Mass spectrum for 9,10-dimethyl-l,2-benzanthracene.
                                         89

-------
TABLE  B^8.   KEY  IONS AND RELATIVE ABUNDANCES FOR
               9,10-DIMETHYL-l,2-BENZANTHRACENE
M/Z
41
43
44
46
47

49
50
51
C2
53
59
59
61

62
63
65
66
67
63
69
• 74
75

7 f.
TT
7*
79
3 1

34
•I* t'

,-, •-,
3 9


90
91
94
94
96
M ~
93
ClC|
Abundance
.-,
| 7
.2
.3
. i

.5
t Q
1 .2
. 4
. O
.3
.4
.4

.9
1 .3
.3
.1
.4
.5
. 1
.8
1 .4

1 .1
1 .3
.4
. 1
.5

. i
• 6
1 .6
1 .9
. 3


'.-'
.1
1 .5
2 .3
.5
.-,
• w
.4
1 .7
M/Z
100
101
103

104
107
103
i 0 9
i 10

1 1 3 '
115
116

120
122
125
126
127
123

133
137
139
140
145

143
149
150
151
152
153
154
159

160


161
162
163
164
165
166
170
Abundance
3.0
3 . 6
.4

c;
'~: "-11
fci . ••'
.-,
. 6

11 .7
.3
. 3 .

21 .3'
.3
4 .7
7.7
5.5 .
5.4

.1
.0 •
.4
. 0
. 1

.1
". 1
1 .0
1 .0
•7
•~J
. 3
. 2

• IL!


•-,
.4
• '"'
. 5
.4
1
--I
M/Z
171
173

174
175
176
177
.173
179
135
186
187


133
189
1^0
192
194
1 93
199


200
201

202
203
204
211
212
213
214
215

£16
217
•T" '• ''•

223
224
225
226
227
223
229
Abundance
.1
.1

.6
.6
1 .4
.6
.8
^2
!4
.5
1 .6


.1
1 .1
.2
.2
.1
.6
7


1 .5
.8

1 .7
.3
. 1
• l'
• " . £
'"* '."*
,-.
• '!•
3 .2

-7
n 2

• •-'
.5
.-, .-,
i. * •.'
2. 1
7 . 6
•i* . ta.
2.1
3 . 0
M/Z
230
231
2^'*
235

237
239
240
241
242
243

243
250
252
253
256
257

253
259

282
233
235

290
295

327
















Abundance
. 6
. 2
.2
c;

4 .0
36. 1
:•:£ 7
53 ! 7
10.3
1 . 1

• O
4 .3
3 .4
4.4
100.0
19.1

1 .7
.2

. •-•
!T
. i

.1
.0

. 1

















                    j Ropioducod from
                     hcs: .-w;>i!;ibte copy..
                               90

-------
UJ
t/5

O
a.
v>
UJ
K
tu
<

UJ
oc
15
                        ..-•••
                        "
    .05
   0 .0 0
Figure  B-18.
               26           48           60


                              QUANTITY INJECTED, ng



          Calibration curve for the determination  of

          9,10-dimethyl-l,2-benzanthracene by GC/MS.
                                                                        100
               Range: 22 - 110 ng

               Correlation coefficient: 0.994

               Slope: 2.4 x 10"3

               y-Intercept: 8.b x 10~3
                                          91

-------
..HKiST 4: 279.2,100.0
LflST 4: 234.0, 1 .6
100_
so"
60.
40]
20]
0.
ISO.
30]
60]
40.
£0
0





,,.. ,, 	 ,.,.,.., ,,,.,..,. ....... . ,|..|,
	 ' 	 2\a 	 ' 	 4V '•




1 • 1 1 1 1 ' 1 III
ISO ' 200
230.1. 22.9 277.1, 20 .'1 273.2, 11.6
327.1, .3 341.1, 2.0 345.1, 3.2





' rl - 1 lhfrllj+lf n t 11 1 1 tHlll il 1 littm 1 ' ^ 	 — ^ -^- A 	 ^
60 30 ' 1010 12




III 1 till ' 1 '1
.0 140 1 60





22k ' 24'0 ' 26'6 ' ' 28'0 ' :?o'o ' 32ti
Figure B-19.  Mass spectrum for dibenz[a,j]acridine
                                         92

-------
TABLE B-9.  KEY IONS AND RELATIVE ABUNDANCES FOR DIBENZ[a,j]ACRIDINE
M/Z Abundance
43
47

49
50
51
C2
52
55
57
59

o T
69
79
71
73
74
75

7 1'
r? t-i
i •_'
7 '^
33
36

'•T* 2

94
96
97
93
'3 ;-;
•va
1 0 0
101
1 0 3

c;
4


4

.;.
5
7

3


'•?
3
2
5
6
1

ii

'";

--.

•-i

•"'

3
2
2
2
5
•"•


.2
.8

.8
.4.
.3
.0
.2
. 6
.4
1 2

.3 .
.4
_ 2
is
. 2
.4
. 6

.0
.4
'"•
.4
.0

.0

.0
.4
. 6
.0
.4
.-,
f £_
.0
.4

M/Z
104
196
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1
1
1
1
1
1
A
1
1

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1
1
1
1

1
1
1
1

03
1
1
1
1
1
1

1
'"•
•~«
^|
.7,
V
il*
•-.

;T;
•o
•^'
3
;T;
4
0
1
2
•••
4
l'

Q
9
1
•-;
4
5
6
i'

4
£,
7
3
9
1
43
Abundance
4
T
i
^'
£;
4
1
i

i
.1
•*•

7
3
6



1
4
1
-7
1
1
44 2

4
4
c;
5

1;,
1;,
r,
6


T"
l'
y
!^
'i

1
.-!
•I-
!;!
9


1
2
--i
2

•-,
4
£
•~-

. 4
.4
. 6*
. 6
.9
.4
.9
. 6
.9

. 6
. 6
.4
.4
•-•
. 6
.4
.4

.3
. 6
.4
.6
• *
. 6
. 6
.9

. 6
.8
.4
.9

•-•
. 9
.9
. 3

M/Z Abundance M/Z Abundance
133
191
193
198
290

205
297
209
210
211

221
223
225

233

243
250
251
252
253

265
267

275
276
277
273
279
230





4
3
1
1

2
3

1


1
o
to


2

.-.
7
5
6
•*'

2
1

6
t-
29
11
.3 231 5.6
.0 232 • .4
.2 233 1.2
.6 234 1 .6
. 6
327 .3
.0
.6 341 2.0
.4
.6 345 3.2
.4

.6
.0
.4

.0

.0
.2
.-.
• h_
.0
.0

.0
.6

.3
.4
. 1
. 6
1 9 9 . 0
22





.9





["Reproduced from p'**, ^
1 best availaoln ropv. ^liis^
                                 93

-------
     .30
 O
 a.
 
 LU
     .15
 >
 K
 <
 M
 cc   . ly
   0 . 0 0
                          _X..
              X
                                40
100
120
                                    QUANTITY INJECTED, ng
Figure B-20.  Calibration curve for the determination of
              dibenz[a,jJacridine by GC/MS.
              Range: 24 - 120 ng
              Correlation coefficient: 0.974
              Slope: 1.8 x 10~3
              y-Intercept: 1.5 x 10~2
                                        94

-------
                                                                             IS
E
;
X"V
"'"•"••••••'•..-.
\
L
"^•-^-,
•'•"•"-'•'•'-—• '-*-'--~— ••."rt-».^,.,_.\,....^.....^--..«.w....s..^Vv'''-...v.^
J

JLj


a
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 " I ' 1 ~ • 1 — •
4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1314 15 16 17
>gure  B-21.   Chromatogram by GC/MS for

             (A)   methanesulfonic  acid ethyl ester(tR =5.2 rain) and
             (B)   alpha-naphthylamine(tp = 14.1  min).

             Temperature  program:
                  40  :C,  0 min isothermal
                  40  to  280 'C at 10 °C/min
                  280 °C. 15 min isothermal
                                         95

-------
LPRGST 4: 79.8,100.0 189.0, 77.3 97.1, 25.9 30.1, 19.1
LflST 4: ' 195.8, .2 19S.4, .2 207.2, .0 23 1.1, .1
100.
30!
60]
40'
20'
0"
188.
30!
60!
40.
20"
0





ill 'it till 1 1 ill TMrtfii. trr




1
1 	 • " 'i
28 40 ' 60 SB ' 190 ' 120 148 16'0





'' 13'0 '' 20'fc ''"' 22'0 ""'""2410 	 '""2610 	 '"" 23i3 	 '"" 30' ti 	 '"" 32\3
Figure B-22.  Mass spectrum for methanesulfonic acid ethyl ester,
                                        96

-------
TABLE B-10.  KEY IONS AND RELATIVE ABUNDANCES FOR
               METHANESULFONIC ACID ETHYL ESTER
M/Z
1
41
42
43
45
46
47

43
49
SO
51
52
56
59

62
63
64
65
67
70
71
74

76
79
83
Abundance
.6
2.6
5.7
14.9
1 .3
1 .0

8.6
1 .5
.9
.8
.5
.4
2.2

.7
3 .6
6 .0
14.1
.3
.3
.3
.3

.3
130.3
19.1
M/Z
31
32
84
33
39

90
92
93
93
95
97
98
99
101

107
199
110'
111
117

123
124
125
126
123
Abundance
6.0
.5
.3
.4
.2

.3
.1
.3
.3
1.6
25.9
.4
1 .3
.2

.4
77.3
3.2
3.1
.0

2.3
4.1
.3
.2
.2
M/Z
136
139

150

166
163

193
195
198

207

281












Abundance
.2
.2

.1

.2
.2

.1
.2
.2

.0

.1












                            97

-------
   .16
   . 14
HI
O
Q.
   .10 h
   .08
   .04
   .62
                 19
    3Q         48        56

QUANTITY INJECTED, ng
Figure B-23.   Calibration curve for the determination of
              methanesulfonic acid ethyl ester by GC/MS.
              Range: 13 - 64 ng
              Correlation coefficient: 0.992
              Slope: 2.4 x 10~3
              y-Intercept: 8.8 x 10~3
                                       98

-------
LflRGST 4: 143.1,100.0 115.2, 51.0
LOST 4: 138.5, .1 267.2, .1
100.
30!
60!
40"
20"
0"
100.
30!
60"
40.
20
0





ii i iiiilllii HI ill I'm i I'lli ii rill
20 40 60 80





116.0, 29
231 .0,





I
'"'^





.4 144.0, 12.0
.0 232.2, .1

















T is'a ''''' "20'0 	 I""22I0 	 '""24^ 	 I""26I0' 	 '""2sfr 	 '"" 3013 	 '"" 32'0
Figure B-24.  Mass spectrum for alpha-naphthylamine.
                                         99

-------
TABLE B-ll.  KEY IONS AND RELATIVE ABUNDANCES FOR alpha-NAPHTHYLAMINE
M/Z
41
42
44
46
47

43
49
59
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
S3
60
61

62
63
64
65
66
67
63 '
Abundance
.3
.9
.3
.3
.2

.3
.3
4.1
4.5
3.1
.4
.3
.3
.3
.5
.9
.3
1 .4

4.9
7.0
1 .9
3.2
.5
.1
.3
M/Z
71
71
74
75

76
77
73
31
i-:'.-1
34
85
36
37
33
39

99
91
•sc;
96
97
93
•3 M
1 0 6
101
102
Abundance
1 .3
1 .3
. 3.7
2.9

2.9
2.9
' 1 .3
.1
.0
.5
1 .4
2..0
2.9
3.1
10.3

2.6
1 .0
. 1
.1
.3
.3
.6
-9
• r
1 .1
.9
M/Z
193

104
105
107
108
109
Ml
113
115
116
117

113
119
120
121
122
123
126
127
123
129

135
140
143
Abundance
1 .0

.3
.3
.1
^2
!T
.3
3.5
51 .0
29.4
5.5

.5
.1
.1
.1
.2
.1
1 .3
.7
.3
.1

.1
2.7
100.0
M/Z
144

149
159

170

133

267

23l"
232














Abundance
12.0

.1
.1

.1

.1

.1

.0
. 1














                                 100

-------
   .50 r
   .45 -
UJ
CO
o
a.
cc
UJ
>
UJ
cn
                                                       40
Figure B-25.
                    QUANTITY INJECTED, ng

Calibration curve for the determination  of
alpha-naphthylamine by GC/MS.
               Range:   4.5  -  56 ng
               Correlation  coefficient: 0.998
               Slope:  8.2 x 10~3
               y-Intercept: -9.0 x 10~5
                                         101

-------
                            B
                                                     \.  ,
                                                                            IS
                                                                      ••>-._,_.v..l'.
456
                 3    •=>
                                                   12   ib
                                                                                 IS
Figure B-26.  Chromatogram by  GC/MS  for
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
(F)
(G)
         ^J-nitrosodiethylamineC
         Jsl-nitrosopyrrolidine(
         4-chloroaniline(t
                                              = 4.7 min) ,
                                               7.2 min),
                           R
                                          9.4 min),
                                            n = 10.1 min).
                    3 ,4-diaminotoluene( t^ = 10.9 min),
                    2 ,4-diaminotoluene( tp = 12-. 1 min), and
                    m-dinitrobenzene( tD  = 12.9 min).
                    —                  K
              Temperature  program:
                    40  °C , 0 min  isothermal
                    40  ^C  to   280  °C at  10 °C/min
                    280  °C,  15 min  isothermal
                                         102

-------
LflRGST 4 : 102. 1 . 160.0
LflST 4 : 141.0, .2
100.
36.
60"
40^
20"
0"
1 0 0
so"
60.
40.
20
0






' 2!0 ' 4'0





' 1S'0" ''"' 20i3














-










""'"'












»
4ii.i, 67.7 44.1, 59.6 56.3. 56.0
166 .0, .2 167.3, .1 177. 1 , .2





,„ 	 n,|| 	 ,,,,1,1,,. 	 ,,,





1 	 	
60 30 100 120 140 160





;2'0' 	 '"" 24^ 	 '"" 26'0 	 '"" 23'fe 	 '"" 30'o 	 '" ' 32'o
Figure B-27.  Mass spectrum for N-nitrosodiethylamine
                                       103

-------
   4 .0
ID
g
2

-------
TABLE B-12.  KEY IONS AND RELATIVE
             ABUNDANCES OF
             N-NITROSODIETHYLAMINE
M/Z
41
42
44
45

SO
52
53
54
56
57
53
59
64
67
63
76
71
72
73
74
76
77
3!
32
Abundance
14.3
K ,' m f
59.6
3 . 4

.1
1 .6
.9
5.1
56.3
35.6
1 .1
.9
.3
.4
.2
4 .0
2.5
.6
..7
.5
.2
'.2
.3
.1
M/Z
34
35
36
87
83

91
99
192
103

104
105
141

166
163

177






Abundance
1 .2
7.3
.5
S.2
.1

.2
.2
100.0
5.0

.4
.2
.2

.2
.1

.2






                  105

-------
                                   Reproduced from
                                   best available copy.
LflRGST 4: 199.1 ,199.9 41 .
LflST 4: 133.6, .1 154.
199.
39.
60!
40!
20]
0"
190.
80.
40.
20.
0











1 	 lull! 	
.,,, ,...,,,,, ""I'"' I.M|llll ll.l| . ....{., 	 ,|,,M ,.
20 40 b0








' is'0 ' '20'0 . ' 22''0
2, 61.4 42.2, 58.5 68.1, 16.2
•3, .2 198.5, .1 267.9, .1





Ilillt ilmllit-mmtii-tm





I
89 190 ' 129 149 160




' 2 4*0 ' 26'0 ' 28'0 ' 3913 ' 32'o
Figure  B-29.   Mass spectrum for  j^-nitrosopyrrolidine
                                            106

-------
                                                                  .X'
UJ
CO

I
(/>
LLJ
QC
01
>
    4 I-

                                    '•£
                                .xx-
                             -^
            11-3
           33     40     50      60      70

                 QUANTITY ON COLUMN, ng
 Figure B-30.
Calibration curve  for the determination of
N-nitrosopyrrolidine by GC/MS.
Range:  13 -  100  ng
Correlation coefficient:
Slope:  5.7 x 10"2
y-Intercept:   -1.9 x  10"
                                        0.998
                                       107

-------
TABLE B.13.  KEY IONS AND RELATIVE
             ABUNDANCES OF
             N-NITROSOPYRROLIDINE
M/Z
41
42
43
44
45
46

58
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
5'?
61
63
64
65
63
69
70
72
73
74
Abundance M/Z
61
• ES
.13
•?



2
1
-'
3
•-t
4







16
4
1



.4
.5
.9
.3
.7
.3

.3
.9
• -J
.8

is
.9
.4
.2
<-j
.6
.6
.4
.2
.5
.5
m 2
-~i
• o
.2
77
31
82
84
85

92
95
96
100
101
102

1 17

i21
126 '
138

154

198

267


Abundance
.1
.2
.1
.3
.2

.2
.2
.1
100.0
• 4 .9
.4

.1

.1
.1
.1

.2

.1

.1


                      108

-------
LflRGST 4: 127.1,100.0 65.1, 51.3
LftST 4: 141.0, .0 143.2, .0-
-901 +• 91 0
100.
30
40.
20]
0"
100.
S0.
60.
49.
20
0"










	 ' 	 20' 	 ' 	 40 	





	 ' " 1S'0 	 '""201










lilii III
60





' '22y '




]hlll|||llmi 	 nil
30





""'""240' 	 ''
129.0, 37.7 92.1 , 29.1
145.2, .0 149.1, .1




l-rrrr




II 	





100 120 140 160





"




"260 	 '""2S'0" ' "J"" :3i/i'0" "'"" 320
Figure B-31.  Mass spectrum for 4-chloroaniline.
                                       109

-------
TABLE B-14.  KEY IONS AND RELATIVE ABUNDANCES
                    FOR 4-CHLOROANILINE
M/Z
41
42
44
45
47

43
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
57
69
61

62
63
64
65
66
67
68
72
73
Abundance M/Z
5
1
1
1
1

1
5
.-.
•I-
c;
10
i
i


2
i

10
13
14
51
n
1

-."•
9
.4

!0
.9
.5

.0
.0
.— 1
. o
.3
.1
.6
•?
. r
.1 .
.1
.3
B '.*'

B '5
.5
.1
;•}
.1
.4
. 1
.3
. 3
74
75

76
77
73
79
30
•I' tl
34
36
37
S3
3 9

99
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
99
130
101
162
Abundance M/Z
5
6

1






1

1
1

5
10
29
"2




10
20
5
6
.5
.9

.3
.3
.6
.1
.2
.1
, 9
•;
is
.3
.4

•5
• i''
.1
.1
.1
.1
•-•
.4
. ft
!s
.4
.4
103

103
110
111
112
113
114

1 22
127
129
130

133
139
141
143
145

149






Abundance
..7
.
o
• t_
• .6
.4
.3
.1
.1

.0
100.0
37.7
2.1

.0
.0
.0
.0
.0

.1






                           110

-------
  IU
  to
  Z
  O
  .a.
  
-------
LPRGST 4 : 34.1.100.5 57.1,73.3 41.1,61.0 42.3,40.0
LflST 4: 159.1, 1.3 160.6, .2 163.9, .1 131.4, .1
100.
SO.
60!
40.
20^
0'
100.
so]
69.
40!
20
0






	 ' 	 2'0 	 ' 	 4h





••' 	 i"" '":ii" 	 i"" - - :
1 y o ;i o y





•"iiihll
,.II|IMI



l|mlnll|,| 	
^,,,,,,.lll,w




,1
' , i 1
100 120 140 160





	 '-" 22'* 	 '"" £4'£ 	 '"" 26& 	 '"" 2S& 	 '"" 30^ 	 '"" 32^
Figure B-33.  Mass spectrum for N-nitrosodibutylamine. •.
                                         112

-------
TABLE B-15.  KEY IONS AND RELATIVE ABUNDANCES FOR N-NITROSODIBUTYLAMINE
M/Z
41
42
43
44
45
46
47

48
49
59
51
52
53
54
55
56
S7
53
59
60

64
65
66
67
63
Abundance
61
43
22
23
1






1
1
2
4
9
17
73
5







1
.0
.0
.5
,C|
.2
!.3
. 7

.3
. 1
.3
.4
.1
. 6
.3
.9
.3
.3
.0
• )'
.5

.3
.2
.1
.3
• 6
M/Z
70
71 '
72
73
74
75

7* I*.
73
7?
3y
31
y bi!
84
35
36
37
33

' 92
94
96
" 99
1 0 0
101
102:

Abundance
3

4
^
6








100
3
14






25
2
T
•*'

.4
• y
.5
• I'
.7
.3

. 1
.1
.2
.3
.3
.7
.0
.9
.4
.9
.3

.1
.1
.3
.3
.1
. 1
. 3
~
M/Z
105
107
103
112
113
115
116
117

113
119
125
123
129
130

133
139
141
142

149
153
159

160
163
Abundance M/Z Abundance
.1 131 .1
.1
.2
1 .1
.2
15.1
21 .8
1 .5

.2
.1
.1
.1
.7
.1

.1
.1
10.3
1.0

.1
14.3
1 .3

.2
.1
                                   113

-------
UJ
CO

I   4
CO
_l
01
cc
                                     X.'
             19      20      30      40      50     60

                                  QUANTITY ON COLUMN, ng
                                              70
Figure B-34.
Calibration curve  for  the  determination of
^-nitrosodibutylamine  by GC/MS.
Range:  2.5 - 79 ng
Correlation coefficient:
Slope:  8.8 x 10"2
y-Intercept:  -3.0 x  10"
                                        0.99b
                                        114

-------
LPRGST 4: 122.1.100.0 121.1, 70
LflST 4: 326.0, .2 341.0, 1
100.
30.
60]
40]
20]
0"
1 0 0
30]
60.
40.
20.
0




1,
III, hill II 1 III 'ill M II' 1
• \
.3






20 40 ' 60 3©








1 3 0 2 0 0 ' 2 2 0 2 4 O
94.1 , 41.7 77.0. 21.7
342.3, .5 343.0, .2





| ||
i'o1©1 '''"" i's'e






.,..,,,..,,...,.... ......... ..^




' 26'g 	 '"' 2's''0 ' '""30fr 	 '" 32'0
Figure B-35.  Mass spectrum for 3,4-diaminotoluene.
                                        115

-------
TABLE  B-16.  KEY  IONS AND  RELATIVE ABUNDANCES  FOR 3,4-DIAMINOTOLUENE
M/Z
41
42
43
44
45
47

48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
61

62
63
65
66
67
68
70
71
73
Abundance
i
6
3
1


2


1
5
10
12
6
6
1

1

2
3
3
8
7?
2


2
•-.
( ^
.2
.4
. 1
.5
.4

.2
.4
.4
.6
.6
.1
.0
. 1
.3
.5

.0
. 1
.3
. '••
is
•7
!i
.2
.4
M/Z
74
75

77
78
79
80
81
32
84
86
87
38
89

90
91
92
93
94
95
96
99
100-
102

104
Abundance
1
2

21
17
4
8
2








1
4
13
41
7





17
.3 '
. 1

. 7
• •!•
.0
.3
.3
.6
.3
.3
.3
.1
. 6

.4
.2
.5
.3
• i''
.4 '
.6
.1
.0
.3

.4
M/Z
105
106
107
103
109
113
117

119
121
122
123
124
127
129
131

133
1 36
141

148
151
154
156

171
Abundance
18
21
3





1
70
100
8















.3
.1
.3
.3
.2
.1
.3

.9
.7
.0
.1
.6
.2
.1
.2

.3
.2
.2

.3
. 1
.1
.1

.2 .
M/Z
178

191

204
207
203

223

253

265
267

325
326

341

342
343





Abundance
.2

.1

.1
•?
f 2

.2

.2

.2
.1

.5
•?

1 .3

.5






                          Reproduced trom
                          best available copy.
                                    116

-------
    4.0
    3 . Q
  55 2.5


  O
  a.
  «/>
  UJ .  .
  ec -^ . y
  < 1.5

  UJ
  CC



    1 .6
                       25
                         53              75



                    QUANTITY ON COLUMN, ng
Figure B-36.
Calibration curve for the determination of

3,4-diaminotoluene by GC/MS.
              Range:  26 - 83 ng

              Correlation coefficient:  0.992

              Slope:  4.0 x  10~2

              y-Intercept:   -3.3 x  10"l
                                        117

-------
LflRGST 4: 121.1,100.0 122.1, 39.6
LflST 4: 153.0, .1 162.7, .1
100.
80.
60"
40"
20
0"
100.
8 0
60
40.
0





II 1
'in lllll-n iiiii'lliu ir
20 40 ' 60




' is'0 ' 20'0 ' 22'0 ' :





llln.i llimi
30




:4'o '
94.1 ,29.4 77.1 , 19.3
167.4, .1 177.0, .1





i III






10'0 ' 12'0 ' UVJ ' 16'0


-

26'0 ' 280 ' 30'b ' 32'0
Figure B-37.  Mass spectrum for 2,4-diaminotoluene.
                                         118

-------
                                           EPA/600/8-87/037a
                                         "  August 1987

            POHC ANALYSIS METHODS FOR       PB87-2^72oo
           HAZARDOUS WASTE INCINERATION
                Volume 1,  Part 1


                       by
                  Ruby H.  James
                  Joe M.  Finkel
                H.  Kenneth Dillon
                Herbert C. Miller
          SOUTHERN RESEARCH INSTITUTE
             2000  Ninth Avenue South
                P.O.  Box 55305
          Birmingham,  AL  35255-5305

                       and

                Afaf  K.  Wensky
                                     1200
        BATTELLE -COLUMBUS LABORATORIES                 ->"•'*• 2C'."-'
                 505  King Street
               Columbus,  OH  43201
               Contract  68-02-2685
               Work  Assignment 111
    EPA Project  Officer:   Larry D. Johnson

AIR AND ENERGY ENGINEERING RESEARCH LABORATORY
     U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
       Research  Triangle  Park,  NC  27711
 AIR AND ENERGY ENGINEERING RESEARCH  LABORATORY
       OFFICE OF RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
      U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
        RESEARCH TRIANGLE PARK,  NC 27711

           REPRODUCED BY
           U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
                 NATIONAL TECHNICAL
                 INFORMATION SERVICE
                 SPRINGFIELD. VA. 22161

-------
TABLE•B-17.  KEY IONS AND RELATIVE ABUNDANCES FOR 2,4-DIAMINOTOLUENE
M/Z
41
42
43
44

49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
60
61

ۥ2
63
64 '
65
66
67
6fi
69
7y
73
Abundance
i
5
3
1


1
4
'It
10
c;
c;
i



1

1
1
1
£
s
6
1



. 7
.3
.7


. 3
\7
.5
.3
.3
.8
.2
.6
.0
.3
.5

.2
.9
.3
.5
.0
.4
.5
.3
_ 2
'.3
M/Z
74
75

77
i" •!'
7 '"*
S 0
81
!-! '"'
34
8 6
37
•:• £
39

90
91
92
' 93
94
9 Pi
96
97
98
9 ?
1 00
102
Abundance
1
1

19
3
•-•
6
1









.-,
9
29
4






.0
.6

.3
.1
.3
.0
.9
. 7
.3
.4
.2
.2
.3

.5
. 7
.3
.6
.4
.9
.6
.2
.1
.2
.0
.6
M/Z
104
105
106
107
103
109
110
111
112
115

119
121
122
123
124
•129

135
135

149
153

163
167

Abundance M/Z Abundance
16.1 177 .1
15.9
9.3
1 .1
.1
.1
.1
.1
.1
. 1 -

1 .7
100.0
39.6
7.5
.3
.1

.1
.1

.0
.1

. 1
.1

                                119

-------
   4.5 -
Z  :l: . Q
O
Q.
V)
Ul

<
LU
£T
 2 .0

'1.5

 1 .0


                                  QUANTITY ON COLUMN, ng
                                                                       108
Figure B-38.
            Calibration curve for the determination of
            2,4-diaminotoluene by GG/MS.
            Range:   10 - 84 ng
            Correlation coefficient:
            Slope:   5.7 x 10'2
            y-Intercept:  -1.8 x 10
                                         0.999
                                        120

-------
LflRSST
LOST 4:
100.
30.
601
40.
0"
100.
801
60
40.
20
0










1



1

4: 163.0,100
175.8,





	 2&1 	 ' 	 4^"




.0 7
.3 22








ll, ,1
	 ^




6.1, 92.1 50.1, 82 . 3 75.1, 74.9
3.4, .3 263.1, .3 232.0, .4






-


1 &Q ' 100 ' 120 ' 14*0 . ' 160




	 1S'0 "'""lie1* ' '"'' 2"2M0 	 '""^'O 	 '""26^ 	 '""23'0 	 '"" 30'0 	 '"" 32o
Figure B-39.  Mass spectrum for m-dinitrobenzene.
                                        121

-------
TABLE B-18.  KEY IONS AND RELATIVE ABUNDANCES
                   OF m-DINITROBENZENE
M/Z
41
42
46

59
51
52
53
54
55
57
61

62
63
64
65'
66
67
63
70
71
74
7£

76
•p?
Abundance M/Z


10

32
10
£.
1

1

c.

3
24
3 £
"2
1


1

46
74

92
6
. 2
• 3
• o

. 3
. 9
. I*
. 1
.3

is
.0

• 6
T?
•-:
.4
.0
•7 .
. 1
• c-
.1
• *i'
•J

. 1
. 1
73
7 ci
SO
31
32
33
36
37
33
. .;.Q

90
92
*:-:
95
96
97
• 99
100-
103

106
107
109
1 10

113
Abundance M/Z
1 .6
1 .3
1-.2
.5
.6
.3
2.2
1 .6
.5
.5

.5
33.4
3.7
.3
.1
.3
.4
.4
.4

1 .7
.3
.5
.4

.5
122
123
124
126
127
123

137
133
141

149
152
153
155

163
169
170

176

223

263

232
Abundance
32.0
2.7
.4
.3
.2
.3

.4
1 .9
.3

.1
4.1
.3
.5

100.0
3.2
1 .2

- .3

•~i
• •-'

.3

.4
                            122

-------
   1 .4
   1 .2
   i .0
CO

O
a.
CO
ai
.cc
    .4
                10
70
                                  QUANTITY DIM COLUMN, ng
 Figure B-40.  Calibration  curve  for  the determination of
               m-dinitrobenzene by GC/MS.
                Range:   19  -  60 ng
                Correlation coefficient:  0.999
                Slope:   2.2 x 10"2
                y-Intercept:   -1.4 x 10~1
                                          123

-------
                                                                         IS
                                                                          I
                                                 B
T
 Q
     18
T~
 11
"Ti"
                                                     —i
                                                      13
— I
 14
 1
15
 1
16
 i
17
—1—
 18
igure B-41.   Chromatogram by GC/MS for

             (A)   N-nitroso-j4-methylethylamine(tn = 3.7 min)
             (B)   2 ,6-diaminotoluene( tR = 11.9 mm),
             (C)   £-dinitrobenzene(tn = 12.6 min),
             (D)   p-nitroaniline(t^ = 15.0 min), and
                  malononitrile(not shown).

             Temperature program:
                  40 °C, 0 min isothermal
                  40 "C to  280  °C at 10  °C/tnin
                  280 °C, 15 min isothermal
                                        124

-------
LPRGST 4: 53.1,100.0 42.2, 92.9 43.2, 45.5 56.1, 23.7
LflST 4: 141.0, .3 155.6, .3 173.1, .3 183.9, .2
100.
30
60"
40.
2Y
0"
100.
•30"
60"
20]
0"






	 ' 	 '*® 	 ' 	 ^




1 Illlll lllll III 1
60 30.






1 10''0 ' 12'@ ' 14'0 ' 16U
•




Figure B-42.  Mass spectrum  for ^1-nitroso-^-meChylethylamine.
                                        125

-------
TABLE B-19.  KEY IONS AND RELATIVE
             ABUNDANCES FOR
             j^-NITROSO-
             N-METHYLETHYLAMINE
M/Z
42
43
44

49
50
51
52
53
54
56
57
53
59
60
61
62
71
73
74
77
79
36
88
Abundance
92.9
45 is
3.7

2 .2
2 . 0
1 .4
3.3
1 .0
4 .4
23.7
9 . 8
. 7
3.3
. 6
• '.5
.4
13.4
' 3 . 1
.5
.1
.3
.3
100. 0
M/Z Abundance
140 .3
-141 .3

155 .3

173 .3
134 .2

















                    126

-------
   4.0
   3 .5
   3 .9
01
v>
Z  2.5
O
a.
C/9
LU
>

H
<

LU
IT
   2.8
   1 .5
    1 .9
   9 . 0
                                            -x"
                             ,::>-
               10
                                 30
40
                                  QUANTITY ON COLUMN, ng
 Figure B-43.
               Calibration curve for the determination  of

               N-nitroso-N-methylethylamine by GC/MS.
               Range: 24 - 78 ng

               Correlation coefficient: 0.999

               Slope: 5.7 x 10~2

               y-Intercept: -5.2 x  10  !
                                        127

-------
LflRGST 4: 122.1 ,100.0
LOST 4: 188.2, .4
100.
80^
60"
40"
20
0"
100
80'
60
40_
20
0





llll 1
20 40





180 20'0
121.1, 63.1
281.0, .4





llll' MI! 'Ill '
60





""22$ 	 '"":





1












ll- ,1






^0 '
104.
233.





I
1 , 36.0 94.1 , 32. '?
2, .4 327.0, .1




il







100 120 140 160
\





26'0





' 280 ' 30'0 ' 32ti
Figure B-44.   Mass spectrum for 2,6-diaminotoiuene.
                                        128

-------
TABLE B-20.  KEY IONS AND RELATIVE ABUNDANCES
                  FOR 2,6-DIAMINOTOLUENE
M/Z
41
42
43
44
45
45
47

59
51
52
53
54
55
59
60
61

62
63
65
66
67
6:3
70
73
74
Abundance
£
3
•-.
i.
1
1

•*•

-— ,
3
1 1
6
g
•-•

1
1

1
.— ,
3
6
5
1


1
. 6
-i
. 1
.S
.0
.;,
. l

.5
. 6
. 6
.4
. 1
.3
.7
. ft
. 7

.6
.9
.4
.4
•7
' .-.
T
. 6
. 0
M/Z
75

T* 7
73
7 ci
•30
81
32
36
ft 7
39

91
92
93
94
95
97
. 102

104
10;
106
107
1 17

1 13
Abundance M/Z
£

21
14
5
7
11
1





4
14
32
4

1

36
IS
19
1



.2

.0
, 2
.3
. 7
.4
.5
.2
.5
. 7

.8
.0
.7
t Q
.3
.4
.0

.0
.0
.9
. 5
.4

B Q
119
121
122
123
124
126
127
123

134
133
139

147
155

163

175
179

133

231
' 233

327
Abundance
2.0
63.1
100.0
3.3
.4
.4
.1
.3

3
is
.3

.7
.4

..4

• • J
.4

.4

.4
.4 •

. 1
                            129

-------
   2 .5
UJ
CO
Z
O
Q.
">  2  fi
ui  "• • '-1
z
ai
cc
   1 .5
   1 .8
   0. o
               10
                  38       40       50



                   QUANTITY ON COLUMN, ng
80
 Figure B-45.
Calibration curve  for  the  determination ot

2,6-diaminotoluene by  GC/MS.
               Range:   24 -  78  ng

               Correlation  coefficient:  0.990

               Slope: 4.6 x  10~2

               y-Intercept:  -2.8  x 10"!
                                        130

-------
  LflRGST  4:
  LflST 4:
168 .9,100.3
169.0,   3.1
20;
                                         .8
 50.1,  7
242.3,'
.8
 75.1,  7:3.3
243.9J    .8
100.


 SO.


 6©!


 40!


 20!




100.


 30!


 60


 40.


 20


  0
         1111 Tl- 111 I IMT-TTTTTTrrr IIIITTTTT ITIIpTII MITIII
             20       40'       60
                        "ffS
                 100	'"" 120
Figure B-46.   Mass  spectrum for £-dinitrobenzene.
                                      131

-------
TABLE B-21.  KEY IONS AND RELATIVE ABUNDANCES
                   FOR £-DINITROBENZENE
M/Z
41
42
43
44
46
47

49
59
51
52
53
54
57'
61

62
63
64
65
66
67
63
69
79
74
75
Abundance
1


1
O



79
12
3
3
5
1
6

1 1
30
31
1
3
1
2

1
51
73
.3 •
.3
.5
.6
.6
.3

.6
••"i
is
••}
• •-'
.5
.4
.9
.8

.0

'.3

^.
. 6
.1
.8
.4
.4
.3
M/Z
76
•7-r
79
30
31
82
34
87
S3
39

92
.93
94
95
96
.93
100

104 .
106
103
109
1 10
111
112
113
Abundance M/Z
82
3
2
T


i
i

i

35
2
T



i

i
i

i
i

i
• i
.1
.4
.4
.3
.5
.6
.4
.6
.8
.0

.1
.2
.4
< 2
is
.8
.0

'.0 '
.0
.8
.3
.0
.3
.0
.1
122
123
125

135
138
141

143
152
153
153

162-
163
163
169

207

242
243





Abundance
33
2
1


1


1
3




1
100
8










.5
.7
.0

• O
.3
.6

.3
.0
.3
.8

.8
.0
.0
.1

.3

.3
.3





                           132

-------
    1 .4
    1 .2
    1 .0
 QJ
 V)
 Z
 o
 Q.
 V)
 LU
 CC
 Ul
   .  .4
18      2S
                               30      40      50      60

                                   QUANTITY ON COLUMN, ng
Figure B-47.  Calibration curve for the determination  of
              p-dinitrobenzene by GC/MS.
              Range:  26 - 82 ng.
              Correlation coefficient:  0.992
              Slope:  1.8 X  10~2
              y-Intercept:   -1.4  X.  10"1
                                       133

-------
  LflRSST 4
  LflST  4:
            133 .3 , 199 .9
            225.4,   2.5
 65.3, 35.2
230.5,  2.1
103.9, 73.8
253.9, .   .4
 •^.O, 49.5
313.9,  2.1
 199.


  39'

  69


  49.
                                I     ll
                             lllilll Mllillll'llllminllJllll Ihmlll nlnili. nlllill. n.mlil InmiL M|||	nllmrhln
                                  60        39       109        129       14'0       169
 199


  50i


  69


  40


  29


   9
"	'"" "2^"' ""'"" "4'9"
           i   i. I
                       20'9
                                      24\3	'""26^	.-•^^-—r
Figure  B-48.   Mass spectrum for _p-ni.troaniline .
                                            134

-------
TABLE B-22.  KEY IONS AND RELATIVE ABUNDANCES  FOR _p_-NITROANILINE
M/Z
41
42
43
44
46

43
49
50
52
53
54
53
59
61

62
63
64
65
66
67
•63
69
71
75
Abundance
8
3
3
•-'
7

' 4
7
4
22
13
3
3
4
-7

~8
16
21
85
11
5
;T|
1


.9
.3
.4
.1
.2

.6
.6
.2
.8
.1
.4
.4
.6
.2

.9
. 5
is
.2
.0
.5
.4
. 7
.4
.4
M/Z

















1

1
77
73
30
81
82
33
34 '
86
37

92
93
94
94
97
98
99
02

06
103
109
1
1
1
*
12
13
15

Abundance
7
3
23
1
3
10
4
4
1

40
8
2
£

3

2


73
6
•>
2
T
..•
• £
.4
.6
.7
.0
. 5
m 2
.6
. t~

.5
.0
.5
.5
.3
.4
.4
.5

.3
.3
.7
.5
.1
.3
.•.
M/Z
124
126

133
133
139
140

149
15@
154
155
156
153

164
165
172

173
179
131
183

195

Abundance
3
2

4
190
3
3


2


2
2

2
2
2

3
2
4
3



.0
.1

.2
.0
.9
.3

.4
.1
.4
.4
.1
.5

.1
.1
.5

.4
.1
.6
.0

.4

M/Z Abundance
213 3.3
225 2.S

230 2 . 1

253 .4

313 2.1


















              122'      6.3   '    205        .4
                               135

-------
UJ
l/V
z
o
Q.
(/)
LJJ
cc

01
     .1
               10       20      30      40      59      60



                                   QUANTITY ON COLUMN, ng
Figure B-49.   Calibration curve  for  Che  determination of

              p-nitroaniline by  GC/MS.
              Range:  10 - 90  ng

              Correlation coefficient:  O.y91

              Slope:  8.3 X  10~3

              y-Intercept:  -5.6  X 10~2
                                       136

-------
LfiRGST 4: 66.1,100.9 65.0, 11.5 64.4, 9.1 67.1, b.3
LflST 4: 133.3, .4 168.0, .4 207.0, .4 231.0, .4
100.
80.
60"
40]
20]
0"
100.
80^
60]
40]
£0.
0





II, I1
20 40 60





Inillli iliiiuli iiiiinii iliiiilii liliiiiiriiiiiil 	 iiiii'iiiiiiiii IIIIIIIM inn
30 100 129 140 160





	 '"" i's'0 	 '"" 2W '' 	 22'0 	 '"" 24\3 	 '"" 26'0' 	 '"" 2S& 	 '"" 30'0 	 '"" 32^
Figure B-50.  Mass spectrum  for malononi.trile.
                                         137

-------
TABLE B-23.  KEY IONS AND RELATIVE
             ABUNDANCES
             FOR MALONONITRILE
M/Z
41
43
43
45
47

50
51
c,2
53
54
57
59
61

64
65
66
67
71
72
73
77
'83
Abundance
.4
.3
2.9
.4
2.1

4.6
2.9
1 .3
.5
.2
.3
1 .2
.5

9.1
11.5
109.0
5 . 3
.2
.3
.3
.6
2.3
M/Z
102

106
10:3
113
• 115

122 -

135
139

163

2@7

231







Abundance
.4

.4
.4
.4
.4

.4

.4
.4

.4

.4

.4







           .4
                138

-------
                                                                                   IS
B
A

\,wU
V '*>*'.\'i V.*-.i


Vt



c
\
"•-^.^,^>A,,_.^__^j ^.,AA._.v_g
i | | | | 	 1 	 1 	 1 —
4 5 6 7 3 3 1011
\
V-^AA — _,X>J
— i 	 1 	 1 —
12 13 14
LJ



\

I -I '-~i
15 16
Figure B-51.  Chromatogram by GC/MS  for
              (A)  JN-nitroso-J>J-met:hylurethane( tR = 4.9 mih) ,
              (B)  2,6-dichlorophenol(tR  =  9.3  min),  and
              (C)  2,4,5-trichlorophenol(tR =  11.7 min).

              Temperature program:
                   40  CC, 0 min  isothermal
                   40  °C Co   280  °C  at  10 °C/min
                   280  °C, 15 min  isothermal
                                          139

-------
WORK flREfl SPECTRUM FRH 11304 . PflGE 1 V = 1.00
LORGST 4: 43. 4, 199 :0 56.2, 32.3 . 60.1, 31.2 53.3, 25.9
LflST 4: 207.0, .5 208.9, 3.2 242.0, 6.4 249.0, 2.6
-73 + 76
199.
80.
60"
40'
20"
0
100.
so'
40.
20
0





' 2'0 ' 4'0




1 i' 1 1 ill I'll 1 1 1 1 III 1 i
60 :39 100 120 140 160


I i ' ,| | 1
' i?'0 ' 20'0 22'0 ' 24I0 ' 26!0 ' 28'0 ' 30'0 ' 32'o
Figure B-52.  Mass spectrum for ^J-nitroso-N-methylurethane.
                                         140

-------
 TABLE B-24.  KEY IONS AND
              RELATIVE ABUNDANCES
              FOR ^-NITROSO-
              N-METHYLURETHANE
M/Z    Abundance    M/Z    Abundance
41
43
44
45 '

49
50
51
54
cc;
56
Fl.-l
60
62
67
69
70
71
7" 3
75
79
52
86
37
14
1 0 0
6
12

5
19
('
1
1 1

-•C
31
•~,
3
4
5
6
'.3
3
4
3
6
21
.3
.0
•5
• .•
-?
. I1

.-.
• '.'
.0
Bfll
!i
.1
.3
t 'S
!2
. 2
^
. 2
.3
.4
. 2
.7
.2
.-i
• w
.9
• >*'
93
99
193

106
114

119
121

132
133
141
165
163

207
-20S

242
249
-


3
3
3

2
2

2
3

16
2

4
1


3

6
2



.2
,7
.7

.6
. 6

.6
.2

.4
.1
.5
.3
.6

.5
.2

.4
.6



                141

-------
UJ
V)
Z
o
UJ

<
_l
LU
cc
   .01
                    ..X
  OOQ0
                            40          60         8©

                                   QUANTITY INJECTED, ng
                                               100
120
Figure B--53.
Calibration curve for the determination  of
N-nitroso-N-tnethylurethane by GC/MS.
              Range: 18 -  130 ng
              Correlation  coefficient:  0.996
              Slope: 5.8 x  lO'1*
              y-Intercept:  -b.2 x  10~3
                                        142

-------
   LflRGST 4:
   LUST  4:
162 .O , 100 .O
224.7,     .6
164.0, 62.2
••»•?•?  t; '      C
__'.•;•,    . -j
 63.2, 58.0
258.13,    .4
            98.1, 34.1
           311.5,    .5
  100.


   SO.


   60'


   40!


   20!


    0.


  100.


   se!


   60!


   40.


   20.


    0
         Hi'.llllll
       I'nniml'nnll,
         .-.'A .   '
   Jtn-rtrt
                 60
         SO
 10
"'"" i'ii'o	'"" 1413	'"" i't't
                        2 0 0
                                                    I"" _".!.
                                    260
                                   "]•••• v'Ji-
                                   	: j Q tj
Figure  B-54.  Mass  spectrum for  2,6-dichlorophenol.
                                             143

-------
TABLE B-25.   KEY IONS AND RELATIVE ABUNDANCES FOR 2,6-DICHLOROPHENOL
M/Z Abundance M/Z
42 'l.2 7S
43 1 .9
45 1.6 77
47 3.6 83
81
4:3 3.4 22
49 7.3 S2
50 2.7 S4
51 6.0 35
52 1.7 *y
53 S.8 yy
54 .6
56 1.2 30
57 1.3 yl
59 1.2 1?2
69 4.S ??
61 12.3 y*
4Q
62 13.5 109
63 58.0 lyl
64 .5.5 ' -162
65 2.4
66 3.1 ly'"
67 .3 1°'?
72 7.1 11 *
73 13.0 I11
74 4.9 115


Abundance M/Z Abundance M/Z Abundance
6.3 118 .5' 311 .5

1.0 126 24.4
.9 12S 9.1
1.0. 129 1.0
1 .2
.6 133 4.2
3.4 135 2.5
3.3 136 .6
.1 136 .5
.9
147 1.2
1.7 151 .5
5.0
.7 162 100.0
.1 164 • 62.2
34.1 165 ' 4.6
14.9 166 10.1
10.4 167 .7
4.4
.6 207 .9
208 .5
1 .7
2.1 225 .6
.8 227 .5
.3
.2 251 .4

Reproduced from /P%
best available copy. fLjjp
                                144

-------
UJ
V)


I
CO
UJ


H
<

ill
DC
    1 .5


    1 .4


    1 .3


    1 .2


    1 . 1


    1 .0
     .4
                                          .
                            X

                                       4©              66



                                  QUANTITY ON COLUMN, ng
Figure B-55.
              Calibration curve for the determination of

              2,6-dichlorophenol by GC/MS.
              Range:  21 - 80 ng

              Correlation coefficient: 0.987

              Slope: 1.8 x 10~2

              y-Intercept: 6.2 x  10~2
                                        145

-------
LflRGST 4: 197.9
LAST 4: 200.0
100
30.
60]
40
20]
0"
100.
80]
60.
0"
, 1 89 ;fi i it. . n , ^5 „ £ 97.1, 5ft . 0 200 . fl , 3fl . f.
,30.6 201.3, 4.4 216.2, 1.2 253.3, 1.2




||
. . iL , illl i. ..l.i . ll ii i.. . ,. . i ni.. .1.
	 ' 	 2% 	 ' 	


H. in •
M|M,I .,.,,.„ ,,,,,„ 	 , 	 „ M 	 ,,... MM,MI. ,,,,,,,,. MM^I 	 MM|M 	 ,,,,, MM@



' 13'0 . ' 200 ' 22'0 ' 240 ' 26'0 ' 2S*0 ' 30'o ' 32*0
Figure B-56.  Mass spectrum for 2,4,5-trichlorophenol.
                                        146

-------
TABLE B-26.  KEY IONS AND RELATIVE ABUNDANCES FOR 2,4,5-TRICHLOROPHENOL
M/Z Abundance M/Z
43 .7 *4
45 1.0 y6
87
43 4.4 **
49 8.1
50 2.2 99
53 6.9 91
57 2.5 95
59 3.7 '?7
60 8.6 9S
61 If. .3 "
100
62 18.3 101
63 6.2 103
64 .5
66 3.0 I05
67 1.5 I07
70 2.0 I0y
71 1.5 109
72 6.9 II0
73 2.5 HI
74 3.7
120
77 2.0 121
30 3.7 125
81 1.0 129
83 9 . 1
1

Abundance M/Z Abundance M/Z Abundance
6.2 132 29
2.7 133 19
3.5 134 23
2.7 135 13
136 5
1 .7 137 . 1
.7 145 1
1..7 145 1
53.0
7.7 147 1
19.0 159 1
2.7
1.7 160 5
1.5 161 -3
162 6
2.7 163 1
3.7 167 4
3.5 163 2
4.4 169 3
2.0 171 2
1 .7
192 1
1.2 193 1
1.2 196 95
1 .2 198 100
.5 200 30


Reproduced from ff^%
besi available copy. \tfi'£jy
.1 202 4.4
.0
.2 216 1.2
.1
.4 259 1.2
.7
.7
.0

.2
• I*

.9
.9
.4
.0
.7
.5
.5
•:•
• h.

.2
. 5
. 6
. 0
. 6



                                  147

-------
     .7 i-
 o
 a.
 in
 UJ.
 CC
 UJ
 ff
     .4
     . 1
                         40
                                                       60
                                  QUANTITY ON COLUMN, ng
Figure B-57.
Calibration curve for the determination of
2,4,5-trichlorophenol by GC/MS.
              Range: 21 - 84 ng
              Correlation coefficient: 0.986
              Slope: 1.1 x 10~2
              y-Intercept: 4.9 x 10~2
                                         148

-------
                                                      IS
/

'"--'- — „__._ 	 .._,-.,._.,.,._,„_
B
i

LL~JLji

I

Figure B-58.  Chromatogram by GC/MS for
              (A)  safrole(tR = 10.6 rain),
              (B)  nicotine(tR = 11.4 min) ,  and
              (C)  2-acetamidof luorene(tD =  22.8 min)
                                      ,  K
              Temperature program:
                   40 °C, 0 min isothermal
                   40 °C to  280 °C at 10 °C/min
                   280 °C, 15 min isothermal
                                          149

-------
           4 :
   LflST 4:
    162.1 ,
    137.9,
104.2,  78.5
1S9.3,    .3
                   77.4, 62.0
                 211.1,    .2
                         131.4, 60.2
                         322.0,    .2
  100.


   30.


   60.


   40.


   20.


    .0.

  100.


   SO.


   60'


   40
 l.
30
60
                           120
                                                                   160
130      200       22'6	''."" 2"4''0"	'   26I0	'"" 25^0
                                                                      30'0
Figure B-59.  Mass spectrum for safrole.
                                         150

-------
TABLE B-27.  KEY IONS AND RELATIVE ABUNDANCES FOR SAFROLE
M/Z
41
42
45

48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
5:3
59
61

62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
74
75
Abundance
•?
•_•



1
•-,
i.
19
33
1 1
9
1
3



.-,

•p
19
4
10
£
1


3
7
.2
.6
.0

.4
.4
.5
.0
.0
. 1
.0
.0
.4
. 6
. 1
.0

.6 •
.3 '
. 6
_ 2
. 3
1 2
.4

-~i
!!
M/Z
77
73
79
30
34
86
37
33
39

91
92
93
94
95
93
103

194
105
106
107
103
109
1 15
116
1 17
Abundance
*"• b
39
13
1


1
1
4

10
3




59

73
20
3
1


2
T

.0
.6
.2
.7
.1
.7
.6
.2
.4

.3
.3
.9
.3
.3
.6
.0

.5
T>
• 1
.7
.1
.6
_ 2
is
.0
. 6
M/Z
119
120
121
122
123
131

132
133
135
136
137
141
142
145

147
149
159

161
162
163
164

173

Abundance M/Z Abundance
3
1
2


60

21
'5
35
3





1



33
100
11
1


-
.5 183
.3 139
.3
.3 211
.4
.2 322

.4
.0
.9
.0
.4
.1
^.
• ••'
.4

.3
.2
.3

. 1
.0
.5
. 6

_2

.2
.3

.'2

.2





















                          151

-------
 to
 z
 o
 a.
 CO
 UJ
 cc

 ui
 LU
 cc
 • r
.4
     . 1
               15      2@      36      48      50      66



                                   QUANTITY ON COLUMN, ng
figure B-60.
         Calibration curve for the determination of

         safrole by GC/MS.
              Range: 7.8-82 ng

              Correlation coefficient: 0.983

              Slope: 1.3 x  10~2

              y-Intercept:  1.1 x  10"l
                                          152

-------
LflRGST 4: 34.1,100.0 133.0, 33.4. 42.0, 21.1 162.0, 19.0
LflST 4: 168.5, .3 205 . 1 , .3 207.0, .3 223.1, .3
100.
30"
60"
40"
20"
0'
100.
30'
40.
20.
0





1


-
II
1-






1 lllll'iu i ll ilii mi llllllli





1 .,i , ..,.,. Ill, . i 	





' 22'0 	 '""24'0' '.'""2'ii'0 '"'"' 2'3i3 	 30'0" "'"' 32'0
Figure B-61.  Mass spectrum for nicotine.
                                         153

-------
TABLE B-28.  KEY IONS AND RELATIVE ABUNDANCES  FOR  NICOTINE
M/Z
41
42
43
44

59
51
52
S3
54
55
56
57
58
61

63
64
65
66
67
68
63
71
72
73
74
Abundance
;*;
21

•-.'

4
Q
c;
1
1
4
1




c
4
!•'
I
2
I




i
.4
.1
.3
.0

_ 2
A
.1
.7
.9
.7
. 3
.9
.1
i
.6

. 7
.0
• i''
.-i
!!
.6
• 6
.3
.6
.3
. 1
M/Z
75

76
77
73
7*
89
SI
:-! ^'
34
85
8S
S9

99
91
9£
93
94
' 96
192
103

104
105
106
107
Abundance


1
2
i
2
2
2
3
100
7
1
1

2
4
10
2



1

2
1
1
1
.8

.7
,C|
.9
.2
.2
.6
.2
.0
^
> <•
.1
.4

.1
.4
.7
.3
.9
.4
.9
.0

.6
.6
.3 •
. 1
M/Z
199
119
115
117

113
119
120
121
124
123 .
130
131

133
134
135
' 141
141
143
144
145

146
147
143
149
Abundance
.4
.4
.3
5.4

6.2
9.6
2.2
.3
.3
.5
7.2
1 .5

33.4
4.2
.3
.4
.1
.4
. .9
.6

.3
•7
• 1
.4
.4
M/Z
157
153
159

161
162
163
165
163

205
20?

223













Abundance
.4
.4
1 .5

13.2
19.9
1 .7
.3
-".
• •-'

.3
.3

.3 '













                             154

-------
   1 .8
to


O
a.
CO
 UJ
 oc
              1G      £0      38      40      50      60



                                   QUANTITY ON COLUMN, ng
                                                70
SO
90
Figure B-62.
Calibration curve for the determination of

nicotine by GC/MS.
              Range:  9.1 - 87 ng

              Correlation coefficient: 0.980

              Slope: 1.1. x 10~2

              y-Intercept: 7.2 x 10~2
                                       155

-------
LflRGST 4: 1 3 1 . 1 , 1 OO .0 180.1, 32.2 223.1, 62.3 1S2.U, 37.2
LflST 4: 263.0, 1 .6 281.9, 2.6 232.2, 1.0 326.'?, i ."••
1 9 0_
so"
• 60!
40!
20"
0"
100.
80!
60"
40.
20.
0





h nil!, i, hi , M., i iJ.Mil.i iiililii. i.,.., in. M. ii I.IH.I . . .. iili. .1 i . i, i . ...
	 ' 	 2.




till'lm i ill
''"is
3 4!0 60 80 100 .120 14y 160




iii".
H ' 20'@ ' £2'0 ' 24'0 '''"'26'e '"'''"" 2S'0 	 ' 30'o" ' 32'o
FLgure B-63.  Mass spectrum for 2-acetamidofluorene.
                                         156

-------
TABLE B-29;  KEY IONS AND RELATIVE ABUNDANCES FOR 2TACETAMIDOFLUORENE
M/Z
41
42
43.
44
47
43
49
50
51
52
53
54
54
55
56
57
59
62
63
64
AF.
67
f, '3
70
71
72
73
•74
75

76
77
73'
79
30
31
. 3 2
33
34
35
Abundance
i.i
•-•
25
c;
::'
5
6
2
•-•
7
4
7

3
i
2
3
3
2
f.
1
7

C,

4
•7
1

i
4
2
3
7
4
..,
!•?
.1
!i
.4
1 2
!s
.6
.1
.3
.3
.0
.4
.5
.3
.1 .
.1
.6
. 6
.1
. 6
. 6
f
.3
!0
.4
2

.9
.0
. 6
.6

. 7
. 6
!i
. 2
. 3
M/Z
36
•"• 7
33
39
91
92
93
94
95
96
97


93
99
'100
101
102
103
104
105
103
109
1 10
1 1 1
112
1 1 3
114
115
117

119
120
• 122
123
125
126
127
123
Abundance M/Z
c,
2
4
1
3
1
I
1
~j


3
1
O
2
T
^
2
T
2
1
3
2
^1
1
3
1

1
1
1
1
2
' 4
5
2
.4
• y
.9
.6
. 1
.6
.3
.3
. 6
• 6«



.'6
.4
. 3
. 1
.3
.6
.3
.1
.3
.3
.3 '
.4
. 1
.3
. 3
. 1
.0

.6
.3
.3
.3
. 6
. 1
.4
. 1
129
131
133
135
136
137
139
140
. 141
147
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
157
153
159 •

161
162
163
164
165
166
167
. 163
169
'171

176
177
173
ISO
131
132
133
134
Abundance
1
1
2
'V
T
i
3
1
1
1
*
2
5
14
37
19
3
1
1
1
1

1
1
4
4
10
2
T
1
1
1

1
• 3
3
32
1 00
16
'"'
I
.0
.%
.1
.1
is
.9
.6
.0
• o'
.4
.2
.2
.4
.6
.6
.3
.3
.0

.3
.6
.4
.4
.3
.3
. 6
.3

.0

.3
. 6
. 6
2
!o
.5 '
.1
.6
M/Z
137
1 O >'•
1 O O
191
193
195
1O *7
' f
205
207
203
2 O 9

.-, ... .-,
224
•"• •"• ~.
*"""""
254
263
23 1


327
















Abundance
1
,.
O
1
1
1
1
1
1
\'
2
1

.• .— ,
12
2

1
1
2
1

1
















.6
.
!0
.0
. 3
.0
. 3
.*.
.:,

...
.1

.3
.0
• 1""'


. 3
















                                  157

-------
                            .. ,,
                                                        ___
        [ill
        4567
i   T  I   r  I   I  I  i   I  I   I  I  I   I  I   I  I  I   I  I   I  r  riii
9  101112131415161718 1929 £1 22 232425 2627 23 29 30 3 1 32 33'34
Figure B-64.   Chromatogram  by GC/MS  for  all  candidate POHCs,

              Temperature  program:
                   40  °C, 0 min  isothermal
                   40  °C  to  280  °C  at 10  °C/min
                   280 °C,  15 min isothermal
                                         158

-------
                APPENDIX C

CHROMATOGRAMS,  UV SPECTRA, AND CALIBRATION
     CURVES FOR.HPLC/UV DETERMINATIONS
                   Index
Reference
chroraatogram
Compound Figure No.
3-( alpha-Acetonylbenzyl)
-4-hydroxycoumarin
Acetophenetidine
Chlorambucil
4-Chloro-m-cresol
o-Chlorophenol
2 ,4-i)ichlorophenol
2 ,4-Dichlorophenoxyacetic acid
4 ,6-Dinitro-o-cresol '
Methyl yellow
4-Nitrophenol .
N-Nitroso-N-methylurea
5-Nitro-o-toluidine
Phenol
Reserpine
Saccharin
SCreptozotocin
2 ,3 ,4 ,6-Tetrachlorophenol
Tetraraethylthiuram disulfide
2 ,4 ,6-Trichlorophenol
2 ,4 ,5-Trichlorophenoxyacetic acid

C-34
C-17
C-48
C-26
C-13
C-30
C-51
C-60
C-60
C-9
C-65
C-20
C-5
C-45
C-68
C-l
C-41
C-23
C-37
C-54
Reference
UV
Figure No.

C-35
C-18
C-49
C-27
C-14
C-31
C-52
C-61
C-63
C-10
C-66
C-21
C-6
C-46
C-69
C-2
C-42
C-24
C-38
C-55
Reference
calibration
curve
Figure No.

C-36
C-19
C-50
C-28,
C-15,
C-32,
C-53
C-62
C-64
C-ll,
C-67
C-22
C-7,
C-47
C-70
C--3,
C-43,
C-25
C-39,
C-56




C-2
C-12
C-3



C-l


C-8


C-4
C-44

C-40

                     159

-------
 OJ
 at


 O
 a.
 in
                                          I
            _L
                              10
 15         20


RETENTION TIME, min
                                                               25
                                                                          30
                                                                                    35
Figure  C-l.   Chromatogram by HPLC/UV for

              streptozotocin.
                                           160

-------
01
o

<
co
oc
O
               210
250             300

        WAVELENGTH, nm
350
                                                                            400
Figure C-2.   UV  spectrum of streptozotocin.
                                         161

-------
   166
   146
_  100

b
1^
J<   30 -
tu
ce
    60 i-
               ,^X
                                     QUANTITY INJECTED. M9
   Figure  C-3.   Calibration  curve  for the determination of
                streptozotocin by  HPLC/UV.
                Range:   0.064 - 6.4 ug
                Correlation coefficient:
                Slope:   2.4 x 10+1
                y-Intercept:   -5.4
0.993
                                           162

-------
LU
QC

    506 >

    450 f-
        I-
    460 j-
        i-
    3 5 0

                       X
                                     QUANTITY INJECTED,
   Figure C-4.   Calibration curve for the determination of
                streptozotocin by HPLC/UV(280nm).
Range:  0.64 - 9.2 pg
Correlation coefficient:
Slope:  7.4 x 10+1
y-Intercept:  -4.9
                                          0.999
                                          163

-------
Ui
CO
O
a.
cc
>
                                         T
            T
                               10
 IS          20

RETENTION TIME, min
                                                                28
                                                                           30
                                                                                      33
Figure  C-5.   Chromatogram by HPLC/UV  for
              phenol.
                                          164

-------
  01
  u
  CO
  
  CO
                 210
250              300

         WAVELENGTH, nm
350
400
Figure  C-6.   W spectrum  of phenol.
                                           165

-------
x
    3Q0
    2S0
    200
    150
    160
     5 a
                                   4-  •    5      6

                                    QUANTITY INJECTED,
10     11
  Figure C-7.   Calibration curve for the determination of
               phenol by HPLC/UV.
               Range:   2.5 - 10 ug .
               Correlation coefficient:   0.995
               Slope:   3.0 x 10+1
               y-Intercept:   -1.7  x 10+1
                                         166

-------
LU
cc
      148 r
        9.0     .5     1.0     1.5.    2.0    2.5     3.0    3.5     4.0    4.5     5 .0

                                     QUANTITY INJECTED, M9
   Figure  C-8.   Calibration  curve  for the determination of
                phenol  by  HPLC/UV.(280nm) .
                Range:   1.0 - 5.0 ug
                Correlation coefficient:  0.985
                Slope:   2.2 x 10+1
                y-Intercept:  -1.6 x 10+1
                                          167

-------
   O
   Q.
   X


   3
                                            I
             I
                                 10
 15         20


RETENTION TIME, min
                                                                 25
                                                                            30
                                                                                      35
Figure C-9.   Chromatogram by HPLC/UV  for

              4-nitrophenol.
                                          168

-------
 ui
 o

 <
 m
 E
 O
 in
 oo
                       —r  I   i—!—^~
               210
250
        300

WAVELENGTH,
350
400
                                                nm
Figure C-10.  UV spectrum of  4-nitrophenol.
                                         169

-------
CTI
b
til
tr
459



499



350



300



250



200



150


100



 50
                                        456

                                     QUANTITY INJECTED, M9
                                                                           10
   Figure C-ll.  Calibration curve for the determination of
                 4-nitrophenol by HPLC/UV.
          Range:   0.52 -  10 yg
          Correlation coefficient:
          Slope:   4.3 x 10+1
          y-Intercept:  -1.1 x 10*
                                           0.999
                                          170

-------
    1688
    1408

til
OC
    1288
         I
    1888
     4 8 8
     2 8 6
                                         X'"
                                    456

                                    QUANTITY INJECTED,M9
                                                           18     11
    Figure C-12.
Calibration curve for the determination of
4-nitrophenol by HPLC/UV(280nm).
                  Range:  0.52 - 10 pg
                  Correlation coefficient:   0.999
                  Slope:  1.6 x 10+2
                  y-Intercept:  -2.9 x 10+1
                                          171

-------
z
o
a.
in
                                        15          20



                                      RETENTION TIME, min
                                                             25
Figure  C-13.   Chromatogram  by HPLC/UV for

               o-chlorophenol.
                                          172

-------
LU
u


<
CO
IT

O
VI
CD
                                           __LZ_I   !	L_H1__
                                            _pzi._...;—r_.^—
               210
250             300

        WAVELENGTH, nm
350
400
  Figure  C-14.   UV spectrum of £-chlorophenol
                                           173

-------
*?
b
UJ
cc
     140
-   100
      SO
      40
                               3456

                                     QUANTITY INJECTED./j
  Figure C-15.  Calibration curve for the determination of
                o-chlorophenol by HPLC/UV.
                Range:  0.47 - 9.4 pg
                Correlation coefficient:
                Slope:  1.6 x 10+1
                y-Intercept:  -2.6
0.999
                                        174

-------
UJ
K
     60©
     soo
     400
     see
     200
     1 Q 0
                                 3456
                                     QUANTITY INJECTED, M9
   Figure C-16.
Calibration curve for the determination of
o-chlorophenol by HPLC/UV(280nm).
                 Range:  0.47 - 9.4 yg
                 Correlation coefficient:
                 Slope:  6.3 x 10+1
                 y-Intercept:  -6.5
                          0.999
                                           175

-------
 LU
 CO


 O
 0.
 CO
 UJ
 
-------
o
z
<
03
CC
O
V)
CO
                                       — I-V -_—!	h-4	1

               210
250             300

        WAVELENGTH, nm
350
                                                                            400
 Figure  C-18.   IN spectrum of  acetophenetidine.
                                          177

-------
   2000
   1400


   1200
-  1 9 0 0
x
    400
    200 r
      nL
                X
                     1.0     1.5    2.0
                                                  4.0     4.5
 Figure C-19.
                     QUANTITY INJECTED. M9

Calibration curve for the determination of
acetophenetidine by HPLC/UV.
               Range:  0.050 - 5.0 pg
               Correlation coefficient:
               Slope:  3.6 x 10+2
               y-Intercept:   -5.3
                          0.999
                                        178

-------
 u>


 O
 a.
 tSI
                                                    I
                              10
 15         20


RETENTION TIME, min
                                                               25
                                                                         30
                                                                                    3S
Figure C-20.   Chromatogram by HPLC/UV  for

               5-nitro-o-toluidine.
                                         179

-------
                                            Reproduced frorp

                                            best nvailanie copy.

-------
CO
b
  14QO
  12Q8
  1000
   800
   6 0 0
   400
   £00
     y. y
                                          ,x
                                      ,X'
                                      X'

                                                                           X
                       1.0.   1.5     2.0     2.5    3.0

                                    QUANTITY INJECTED,Mg
Figure C-22.   Calibration curve for the  determination of
              5-nitro-o-toluidine by HPLC/UV
              Range:  0.050 - 5.0 pg
              Correlation coefficient:
              Slope:  3.0 x 10+2
              y-Intercept:  -6.0
                                           0.999
                                    181

-------
 LU
 V)


 O
 Q.
 in
                              10
                                        15         20


                                       RETENTION TIME, min
                                                              25
30
          35
Figure  C-23.   Chromatogram  by HPLC/UV  for

               tetramethylthiuram disulfide.
                                          182

-------
UJ
u

<
CO
cc
o
CO
m
               210
250             300

        WAVELENGTH, nm
350
400
Figure  C-24.   UV spectrum of tetramethylthiuram disulfide.


                                       183

-------
    2500
                                                                                X
cc
    2 0 0 0
    1500
     0 0 0
     P. M f 1
                   X
                                                                 X

         0       1       234       5.6

                                    QUANTITY INJECTED, M9


   Figure C-25.   Calibration curve for the determination of
                 tetramethylthiuram disulfide by HPLC/UV.
                 Range:   0.047 - 9.4 ug
                 Correlation coefficient:
                 Slope:   2.& -x. 10+2
                 y-Intercept:   -2.7
0.999
                                          184

-------
 o
 a.
 tsi
 UJ
 ac
                                          I
                               10
                                         15         20



                                        RETENTION TIME, min
                                                               25
                                                                          30
                                                                                    35
Figure  C-26.   ChromaCogram by  HPLC/UV for

               4-chloro-m-cresol.
                                           185.

-------
01
(J

<
CD
ff
o
CO
00
               210
250             300

        WAVELENGTH, nm
350
400
Figure C-27.   UV  spectrum of 4-chloro-m-cresol.


                                       186

-------
o

X-
UJ
BE
     120
     iee
      40
                                  4567

                                     QUANTITY INJECTED, ^9
                                     1 1
  Figure C-28.  Calibration curve  for  the determination  of
                4-chloro-m-cresol  by HPLC/UV.
                Range:  0.57 -  12 pg
                Correlation coefficient:
                Slope:  8.6
                y-Intercept:  -1.3
0.999
                                         187

-------
      700
x
UJ
cc
      4 8 6
      3 8 8
      203
      1 8 8
                                   4567

                                     QUANTITY INJECTED, M9
                               18    11
  Figure C-29.  Calibration curve for the determination of
                4-chloro-m-cresol by HPLC/UV(280nm).
                Range:  0.57 - 12 pg
                Correlation coefficient:
                Slope:  5.7 x 10+1
                y-Intercept:  -1.1
0.999
                                          188

-------
z
o
                                               0
                              10
 15         20


RETENTION TIME, min
                                                             25
                                                                        30
                                                                                  35
Figure C-30.   Chromatogram  by HPLC/UV for

               2 ,4-dichlorophenol.
                                          189

-------
  o

  <
  so
  oc
  o
  CO
  CD
                                                 :.c~ --•>-— t—a—_-
                             250
        300

WAVELENGTH, nm
350
                                                                             400
Figure C-31.   UV  spectrum of 2,4-dichlorophenol
                                          190

-------
o

X
UJ
cc
30 h
      £0 h
                                    456

                                     QUANTITY INJECTED,/
                                                                       10
1 1
  Figure  C-32.   Calibration  curve  for  the  determination  of
                2,4-dichlorophenol  by  HPLC/UV.
                Range:   0.55  -  11  yg
                Correlation coefficient;   0.999
                Slope:   5.9
                y-Intercept:   -8.3 x 10"1
                                          191

-------
     ijj 0 £1
     500
^   4130
b
 x
2i   3 e o
     100
                                    4      5      b

                                     QUANTITY INJECTED, M9
                                                              10
1 1
  Figure C-33.
Calibration curve for Che determination of
2,4-dichlorophenol by HPLC/UV(280nm).
                Range:   0.55 - 11 pg
                Correlation cpefficient:
                Slope:   6.3 x 10+1
                y-Intercept:  -4.2
                          0.999
                                         192

-------
z
o
Q.
                                       _L
                             10
                                         15         20



                                       RETENTION TIME, min
                                                            25
                                                                      30
                                                                                35
Figure C-34.
             Chromatogram by HPLC/UV for

             3-(alpha-acetonylbenzyl)-4-hydroxycoumarin.
                                       193

-------
   o

   <
   m
   cc
   O
   CO
   oo
                  210
250
        300

WAVELENGTH.
350
400
                                                   nm
Figure C-35.   UV  spectrum of  3-(aLpha-acetonylbenzyl)-4-hydroxycoumari.n.
                                        194

-------
01
cc
'300 f



S 0 0



700



b 0 0



5 0 0



400
    2 0 0
    103 -

                                      JL.

                                                               X
                                                             V"
                                                             '
        0       1    '   2       3       4        S       6

                                     QUANTITY INJECTED, fig


  Figure  C-3fa.   Calibration  curve  for the determination of
                 3-(alpha-acetonylbenzyl)-4-hydroxycoumarin
                 by  HPLC/UV.
                 Range:   0.47  -  9.4 pg
                 Correlation  coefficient:
                 Slope:   9.5  x 10+1
                 y-lntercept:  -7.8
                                       0.999
                                            195

-------
 us
 Z
 O
          rft
                               10
                                         15          20

                                        RETENTION TIME, min
                                                               25
                                                                         30
                                                                                    35
Figure C-37.   Chromatogram  by HPLC/UV  for
               2 ,4 ,6-trichlorophenol.
                                           196

-------
                                         Reproduced fr;.-"'->

                                         best available copy
   O



   m
   c

   o
   
   CD


                                         _-.^ .... I - -I.-.- _l  |.._. |_J..j__.l.	_-„:.__,„_!__ j . ...


                                             ——13__J_ii_i - \ ^7ir;z"i_z.;IriT' i~- hn~.!'zr.ti^nil~!."
                     210
250                300


          WAVELENGTH, nm
350
                                                                                           400
Figure  C-38.   UV  spectrum of 2,4,6-trichlorophenol.




                                                  197

-------
o
X
     120
     too
      40
                                    QUANTITY INJECTED,
  Figure 039.
Calibration curve for the determination of
2,4,6-trichlorophenol by HPLC/UV.
                Range:  0.48 - 9.6 Mg
                Correlation coefficient:
                Slope:  1.1 x 10+1
                y-Intercept:  2.0
                          0.999
                                         198

-------
   400
   350
   30u
   250  -  .
   £00  -
DC
<   150
    1 0 0
                                    QUANTITY INJECTED,/
 Figure C-40.
Calibration curve for the determination of
2,4,6-trichlorophenol by HPLC/UV(280nm).
               Range:  0.48 - 9.6 ug
               Correlation coefficient:
               Slope:  4.0 y. 10+1
               y-Intercept:  -6.2
                          0.999
                                         199

-------
  O
  cc
  >
                               10
 15         20

RETENTION TIME, min
                                                               25
                                                                          30
                                                                                    35
Figure C-41.   Chromatogram by  HPLC/UV for
               2,3,4 ,6-tetrachlorophenol.
                                          200

-------
 I
 <
 03
 er
 s
 00
           	~_i	.'j	". r /."
250
                                              300

                                      WAVELENGTH, nm
350
400
Figure C-42.   UV spectrum  of  2,3,4,6-tetrachlorophenol


                                         201

-------
     300
o
^»
X
iu
x.
     250
     200
      150
      100
                                   4            6
                                     QUANTITY INJECTED. M9
10
   Figure C-43.   Calibration curve  for  the  determination of
                 2,3,4,6-tetrachlorophenol  by HPLC/W.
                 Range:   0.55  -  11  pg
                 Correlation coefficient:   0.990
                 Slope:   2.3 x 10+1
                 y-Intercept:   3.6  x 10*1
                                          202

-------





b
^
UJ
ce




240
220
200
ISO
160
140
120
100
3 0
60
40
20
i ' : ' i ' t ' i • i ' i • i ' i ' i ' i
^ ,^""
: ' ,/
-..--/^
....,

X ,-• """
-.•••"''
x""... ""
.••"' -*1"
.-•*".-••'
-.
_.••"
.,,/
~ ••'".-•'*
! , 1 , 1 , 1 . 1 , I , 1 . 1 , 1 , 1 , 1
                                                                      10     11
                                  QUANTITY INJECTED,/jg

Figure C-44.  Calibration curve for the determination of
              2,3,4,6-tetrachlorophenol by HPLC/UV(280nm).
              Range:   1.1 - 11 yg
              Correlation coefficient:
              Slope:   2.2 x 10+1
              y-Intercept:   1.6
0.995
                                       203

-------
 to


 O
 Q.
                                                    I
                                         15          20


                                       RETENTION TIME, min
                                                              25
                                                                         30
                                                                                    35
Figure C-45.   Chromatogram by HPLC/UV for

               reserpine.
                                            204

-------
     o
     00
     cc
     3
     CO
                                250
        300
WAVELENGTH,
350
400
                                                     nm
Figure C-46,   UV  spectrum of reserpine.
                                         205

-------
LU
cc
      19
                                      345

                                     QUANTITY INJECTED,/J9
  Figure C-47.
Calibration curve for the determination of
reserpine by HPLC/UV.
Range:  0.37 - 7.5 yg
Correlation coefficient:

Slope:  8.0
y-Intercept:  -4.6 x 10"
                                           U.998
                                          206

-------
  O
  Q.
  >
                                         _L
                               10          15          20


                                        RETENTION TIME, min
25
           30
                     35
Figure  C-48.   Chromatogram by HPLC/UV  for

               chlorambuci1.
                                           207

-------
  u
  z
  <
  ca
  cc
  o
  «/>
  00
                  210
250              300

        WAVELENGTH, nm
350
400
Figure C-49.   UV spectrum of  chlorambucil.
                                         208

-------
    1000
O

X
UJ
QC
     6 9 0
400
     £00
       y .O
                       1 .Q    ..1-5        2..S       2.5

                                QUANTITY INJECTED, /jg
:S . 0
3:5
  Figure C-50.  Calibration  curve  for  the  determination of
                chlorambucil  by  HPLC/UV.
                Range:  0.35 -  3.5  ug
                Correlation coefficient:   0.999
                Slope:  2.6 x  lO+2
                y-Intercept: -2.0 K 10"1"1
                                          209

-------
 C/J


 a
 CL
 V)
 UJ
 OC

                              10
                                         15
                                                    20
                                                               25
                                                                         30.
                                                                                    35
                                        RETENTION TIME, min
Figure C-51.   Chromatogram by HPLC/UV  for

               2 ,4-dichlorophenoxyacetic acid.
                                            210

-------
   LU
   U
   z
   <
   00
   cc
   o
   CO
   00
                                                            -I1	J0.3F" """
                                                              t:_.. rb."r-_:
                  210
250              300

         WAVELENGTH, nm
350
                                                                               400
Figure C-52.   UV spectrum of  2,4-dichlorophenoxyacetic acid.
                                            211

-------
     200
     150
"?
b
LU
QC
                                    4             6

                                     QUANTITY INJECTED, M9
                                  10
   Figure  C-53.   Calibration  curve  for  the  determinatipn of
                 2,4-dichlorophenoxyacetic  acid  by HPLC/UV.
                 Range:   1.2  -  9.7  yg
                 Correlation  coefficient:
                 Slope:   2.0  x  10+1
                 y-Intercept:   7.3
0.998
                                          212

-------
    o
    a.
    
                                 10
 J	l__
 15         20

RETENTION TIME, min
                                                                 25
                                                                            30
                                                                                      35
Figure  C-54.   Chromatogram by HPLC/UV  for
               2,4,5-trichlorophenoxyacetic  acid.
                                           213

-------
 u
 z
 <
 CO
 cc
 o
 U)
 to




                210
250             300

        WAVELENGTH, nm
350
400
Figure C-55.   UV  spectrum of 2,4,5-trichlorophenoxyacetic acid.




                                           214

-------
     200


     ISO


     160
CO
b
     12o
     100


      SO


      60


      40
                                                              .X
                                      4       5       6
                                     QUANTITY INJECTED,
                                                                10
    Figure  C-56.
Calibration curve for the determination of
2,4,5-trichlorophenoxyacetic acid by HPLC/UV,
                  Range:   1.5 -  9.9  pg
                  Correlation coefficient:  0.999
                  Slope:   1.7 x  10+1
                  y-Intercept:   -4.1  x  10""*
                                           215

-------
 U)
 Z
 O
 a.
 vt
 LLJ
 X
                                         T
             I
                               10
 15         20

RETENTION TIME, min
                                                               25
                                                                          30
                                                                                    35
Figure C-57.   Chromatogram  by HPLC/UV  for
               2-(2,4,5-1rich lorophenoxy)prop ionic acid.
                                           216

-------
 LU
 o

 <
 00
 cc
 o
 OQ       ~   "* _ ~   I   "   ' I   •-   ''  —-- •

                                                         h.--.i -
                                                         !-  - -0.2!

                                             Ee:^^.^.:-:!
              210
250            300

       WAVELENGTH, nm
350
                                                                   400
Figure C-58.   UV spectrum of 2-(2,4,5-Crichlorophenoxy)propionic acid.
                                     217

-------
    120
    100
b

x
UJ
tr
     40

                                 3        4.5


                                     QUANTITY INJECTED,
  Figure C-59.
Calibration curve for the. determination of
2-(2,4,5-trichlorophenoxy)propionic acid by HPLC/UV.
                Range:  1.1 - 7.2 yg
                Correlation coefficient:  0.998

                Slope:  1.6 x 10+1

                y-Intercept:  -5.5 x 10"1
                                         218

-------
 C/l
 Z
 o
 a.
 GO
     L  c±
                              10
  I	I
 15         20

RETENTION TIME, min
                                                             25
                                                                        30
                                                                                  35
Figure C-60.   Chromatogram by HPLC/UV  for
               (A)   4,6-dinitro-o-cresol(t,, = 7.5 min) and
               (B)   methyl yellow(tR =  13.0 min).
                                          219

-------
  o
  z
  <
  00
  cc
  o
  CO
  CO



                 210
250             300

        WAVELENGTH, nm
350
400
Figure C-61.   UV spectrum of 4 ,6-dinitro-o-cresol.
                                           220

-------
    148
    1 28
    1QS J--
        i
n
b
                                     QUANTITY INJECTED,
Figure C-62.
                Calibration curve  for  the  determination  of
                4,6-dinitro-o-cresol by HPLC/UV( 378nm) .
                Range:  0.50 - 5.0  Mg
                Correlation coefficient:
                Slope:  2.9 x  10+1
                y-Intercept:  -5.3
                                        0.998
                                          221

-------
  IU
  o
  2
  <
  CD
  CC
  O
  CO
  CO
        -I- 4-f-
        T3EE
          i   I
       —-j—

        -p-
           U.9.
                      Eg
             4-H—-}— |—i-
             iihiicd—'—'-
                        —j—-1—i:
               —I—j—•——i— —|—i—
                 K/.u: —
           	-|.-
           --i_1-id—h~
            -4—I—-i-
                       P
                 7—f-
                 10.7r	
           tdm
                  -»--
          -10.5

                        =;=zhEZ
          l^f
           i—(--•
^^m.
       w^
       	r  t  i
        rj:

        d:
                    EB
-J	\1
 S
                          	(_. _T.—
            ^^F^-
                        -,-l-
                          -^-.
                        	"J	-~~.
                                       EE£
                                     :i±=i
                                   nf—

                                      4=t=
                                          -1—
                             _£_.
                                j_
                                      j	u -
                                        1=
                                                 i	j__
                                —in:
                                        -»;
                                  -4"— i^-rf---
                              —[-—|—-
                                     —-h—*—
                                       -~r—1
                                      ._)._._ — i—j—.
                                 zE;
                                 _i	
                                 _i.._
                                 -t"
            —!._•.. lirq_'^_!~_.:.
            r _J	1	_;_L
                           ^~~£~
                            "ZZHI~L—r~ ]~~~\  '• ~ i  i"
                              i	riii 	i  i	 _.
•/-
            210
              250         300

                    WAVELENGTH, nm
                        350
 400
Figure C-63.  UV spectrum of methyl yellow.


                            222

-------
     1408
     1200
     1000
o
X
      4 0 0


                                           3  .         4

                                     QUANTITY INJECTED, M9
  Figure C-64.
Calibration curve for the determination of
methyl yellow by HPLC/UV(400nm).
                Range:  0.60 - 6.0 pg
                Correlation coefficient:  0.995
                Slope:  2.4 x  10+2
                y-Intercept:   -3.0 x  10+1
                                           223

-------
  z-
  o
  0.
  
-------
   u

   <
   CD
   CC
   o
   V)
   CO

                   ~-h=i--!---!»-  i


                                	_!.. . i	
                                —LI. .1—i—n.—



                                            !- — — —i—•  o.i;-—
                                                         '   r   :
                                                       — t — -t	4	—
                                                       —;	I	L	 .. -I.
                  210
250             300

        WAVELENGTH, nm
350
400
Figure C-66.   UV  spectrum of N-nitroso-N-methylurea.
                                          225

-------
o
f—
X
UJ
cc
     £400
     2 3 8 0
     1200

      4 ft ft
                                3 '      4       5       6

                                     QUANTITY INJECTED, pg
                                                                                    10
   Figure  C-67.
                 Calibration curve for the determination of
                 ^-nitroso-^J-methylurea by HPLC/UV.
                 Range:   0.50 - 9.9 yg
                 Correlation coefficient:  0.999
                 Slope:   2.4 x 10+2
                 y-Intercept:  -2.0 x 10+1
                                            226

-------
   V)


   O
   0.
   V)
   Ul
   IT
                                                      _L
                                           15     '    20

                                          RETENTION TIME, .mm
                                                                 25
                                                                            30
                                                                                      35
Figure  C-68.
Chromatogram by  HPLC/UV for

saccharin.
                                            227

-------
   LU
   o

   <
   00
   
-------
m
 o
 LU
 ce
     70.
       '."' I-
                                     1 .00            1 .5>j


                                      QUANTITY INJECTED, /ng
   Figure C-70.  Calibration  curve  for  the determination of
                 saccharin by HPLC/UV.
                 Range:  0.49 -  2.4 gg
                 Correlation coefficient:   0.960
                 Slope:  2.4 x  10+1
                 y-Intercept:   1 .4 x It)"1"1
                                           229

-------
                                  APPENDIX D

                DESCRIPTION OF SUPPLEMENTARY METHOD DEVELOPMENT
                                'AND OTHER TASKS
INTRODUCTION
     Battelle-Columbus Laboratories, Columbus, Ohio, in a joint effort with
Southern Research Institute, undertook specific tasks to supplement  the
development of generalized test procedures.  Specific analysis methods for
brucine and 2-fluoroacetamide were developed.  Also, potentially useful
air-sampling, sample-preparation, and analysis procedures for various POHCs
were recommended.  Existing preparative and analysis methods for the
determination of metals in wastes and incinerator effluents were refined and
supplemented.  These tasks are reported in the following sections of this
appendix.
DEVELOPMENT OF ANALYSIS METHODS FOR BRUCINE AND 2-FLUOROACETAMIDE

     Because spectrophotometric analysis methods are given  in  the Methods
Manual for these two compounds, gas chromatographic analysis procedures were
sought for their determination.  The developed generalized  GC  procedures
described previously, however, were not entirely suitable for  these  two
compounds.  Consequently, GC conditions were modified to accommodate  the
determination of the compounds.  The conditions found optimum  for brucine  are
given on page 231.  Under the specified conditions, the detection limit was
estimated to be between 5 and 20 ng in a single injection.  A  chromatogram of
brucine i.s presented as Figure D-l.

     The optimum conditions found  for the determination of  2-fluoroacetamide
are given on page 233.  The detection limit was about 20 ng of
2-fluoroacetamide in a single injection.  A chromatogram of the compound  is
presented as Figure D-2.
                                       230

-------
Method Number:

Method Name:

Basic Method:

Matrix:
Specific POHC from Appendix VIII
to which method may be applied:

Apparatus:

Analysis-Method Parameters:
                   Brucine

                   GC/FID

                   Organic solvent extract of waste sample
                   or sampling medium
                   Brucine

                   GC/FID
     GC:
     FID:
Column — Fused-silica capillary, 30 m long,
          0.25-mm ID, wall^coated with SE-52
Carrier gas — He at 2 mL/min
Temperature program — 120 to 300 °C at 8 °C/min;
                       300 °C, 32 min isothermal
Injector temperature — 300 CC
Detector temperature — 300 °C
Detection limit — 5 to 20 ng
      ^This method was developed by Battelle-Columbus Laboratories, Columbus,
      Ohio.
                                       231

-------
w
c/3

o
u
Cd
Q
I—I
fa
u
u
                                   01
                                   c
                                   •H
                                   u
                                   3
              10  15   20   25   30   35   40

                     RETENTION TIME, min
                                45   50
 Figure  D-l.
Chromatogram by GC/FID  for  brucine (200 ng)

               232

-------
Method Number:

Method Name:

Basic Method:

Matrix:


Specific POHC from Appendix VIII
to which method may be applied:

Apparatus:

Analysis-Method Parameters:

     GC:
                   2-Fluoroacetamide"

                   GC/FID

                   Organic solvent .extract of waste sample
                   or sampling medium


                   2-Fluoroacetamide

                   GC/FID
     FID:
Column — Chromosorb 101 (100/120 mesh),
          1.8 m x 2-mm ID
Carrier gas — He at 30 mL/min
Temperature program — 155 °C isothermal

Detector temperature —
Detection limit — =20 ng
References :
     1.  Warner, J. S., and M. C. Landes, Internal Communication, Battelle-
         Columbus Laboratories, November 10, 19811
     "This method w.as developed by Battelle-Columbus Laboratories. Columbus,
      Ohio.
                                       233

-------
                    ft
                    c/:
                    c/:
                    PL.
                    oS

                    C

                    b

                    U
                    CJ3
                           n
                              1.5   3.0    4.5   6.0
                               RETENTION TIME,  min
7.5
Figure D-2.  Chromatogram by GC/FID for 2-fluoroacetamide (100 ng)

                                    234

-------
RECOMMENDATION OF POTENTIALLY USEFUL AIR-SAMPLING,
SAMPLE-PREPARATION, AND ANALYSIS PROCEDURES FOR
VARIOUS POHCs

     As part of the work performed in the initial phase of  this contract
assignment, overall air-sampling and analysis methods were  proposed for the
determination of particular chemical classes of POHCs.  On  the basis of profes-
sional judgment and information found in literature references, these methods
were suggested as refinements of and additions to the methods already given  in
the Methods Manual.

     The classes of compounds that were considered included those listed  in
Table C.4 of the Methods Manual—aldehydes, acids, and esters—and those  listed
in .Table C.4—alcohols and thiols.  The specific compounds  given consideration
are listed in Table D-l of this appendix along with their corresponding Chemi-
cal Abstracts Service (CAS) Registry numbers, chemical structures and formulas,
molecular weights, boiling points (or flash points or melting points), and
brief summary statements describing the proposed air-sampling, sample-
preparation, and analysis procedures.  The compounds in Table D-l have been
separated into groups according to the following scheme:

     Group n.otation                Chemical class or chemical name

        C-5-B                      Alcohols
        C-5-C                      Epinephrine
        C-5-A                      Thiols
        C-4-C                      Aldehydes
        C-4-B                      Organophosphorus compounds
        C-4-E                      Organosulfur compounds
        C-4-F   "                   Trifluoroacetic acid, sodium salt
        C-4-D                      Methyl methacrylate
        C-4-A                      Carboxylic acids

     The air-sampling methods given in Table D-l require the use of two sam-
pling trains.  For the collection of most of the compounds, a modified version
of the EPA Method 5 train is appropriate.  This modified train was developed by
Battelle-Columbus Laboratories; a diagram of its components is given as
Figure D-3.  Another sampling train was recommended for the collection of alde-
hydes in air; this device is presented in Figure D-4.  The  collection media  for
aldehydes is sodium bisulfite in aqueous solution.  The collected aldehyde is
then derivatized with dinitrophenylhydrazine or 2,3,4;5,6-pentafluorobenzyl-
hydrazine for determination by GC.

     Detailed descriptions of the proposed methods for each group of compounds
shown in Table D-l are presented on pages 243 through 281.
                                       235

-------
                TABLE D-l.    PROPOSED AIR  SAMPLING  AMD ANALYSIS METHODS  FOR SELECTED  POHCs

CAS
Registry No.
107-18-6

a
Name Structure Formula Mol wt bp, C
(Allyl alcohol) CH =CH-CH -OH C H 0 58 96-98
Air sampling and
sample preparation
methods Analysis method
Modified Method 5 (MM5) GC/FID (glass column
2-Propen-l-ol . " « (extraction with water packed with 0.8% THEED"

107-19-7

57-55-6
U
1 of sorbent and filter) on Carbopak) or GC/MS
2-Propyn-l-ol HCHC-CH2-OH C3H,,0 56 114-115 6 (capillary glass column

1,2-Propanediol CH3-CHOH-CH2OH C3H802 76 187
1 wall-coated with SE-52)

51-43-4
108-98-5
594-42-3
75-70-7
Epinephrine
              Benzenethiol
Tetrachloromethane-
thlol

Trichloromethane-
thiol
CH,HN-CH,CHOH      C.H,  ON    183
  3     *• i          9133
                                     CC13SH
                                                       C6H5SH      110
                                                       CC1..S
                                                                    186
                  CHC13S       152
                                                                            mp
21JT]
                                                                               212 u Modified Method 5 (MM5)
                                                                                   10 (extraction with 1% HC1
                                                                                   <-> of  sorbent (alumina) and
                                                                                      filter)
                                                                           168-169
                                                                           147-148
                                                                                                  LCEC  or GC/MS  (capillary
                                                                                                  glass  column wall-coated
                                                                                                  with SE-52)
                                              ^ Modified Method 5 (MM5)    GC/ECD  or GC/MS (glass
                                              i  (extraction with methylene capillary column wall-
                                                chloride of XAD-2 sorbent  coated with SE-52)
                                                and filter)
                                                             (continued)

-------
TABLE D-l  (continued)

CAS
Registry No. Name
75-07-0 Acetaldehyde
4170-30-3 Crotonaldehyde


765-34-4 Glycidylaldehyde
107-20-0 Chloroacetaldehyde
3288-58-2 0,0-Diethyl-j>-raethyl-
ester phosphorodi-
thioic acid

NJ
LO
vj 311-45-5 0-£-Nitrophenyl ester,
0,0-diethyl phosphoric
acid


297-97-2 0,0-Diethyl-0-(2-
pyrazinyl) phosphoro-
thioate


55-91-4 Diisopropyl
fluorophosphate







Structure
CH3CHO .
CH3CH=CHCHO

A
H2C-CHCHO
CH2C1-CHO
OC2H5
1
H5C,0-P-SCH,
II
II
s


0-C2Hs
1 / — •y
HsC.O-P-O-^
If
0

OC2H5
|
H5c20-pr°-|''ol
s ^
F
H3C |
/CH-0-P=0
H3C |
0
1
CH
HP ^*T*
3 \* \j
Air sampling and
sample preparation
Formula Mol wt bp, °Ca methods Analysis method
C2H^O 44 21 1
Modified Method 5 (MM5) GC/ECD6 or MS (glass
C^H60 70 104 o (impinger with derivatiz- capillary column wall-
-i Ing agent such as DNPHf) coated with SE-52) or
o HPLC (Zorbax-ODS, 75%
C3H^02 72 112-113 1 methanol/25% H20)
C2H3OC1 78 85-86
C5H,302S2P 200 —





C10H,,.N06P 275 —

>-N02
c








Modified Method 5 (MM5) GC/AFID8 or GC/MS (glass
'^ (XAD-2 sorbent, extrac- capillary wall-coated
^ tion with methylene with SE-52 column)
C8Hi3N203PS 217 —




C6H,,.F03P 184 ' 62
(9 torr)




„ (continued)
chloride)












-------
                                                          TABLE  D-l  (continued)
           CAS
       Registry No.
      Name
                          Structure
                                             Formula
                                                         Mol wt   bp, °Ca
                                                                               Air sampling and
                                                                              sample preparation
                                                                                   methods
                                                                                                        Analysis method
       3689-24-5
       107-49-03
      126-68-1
00     126-72-7
       757-58-4
      52-05-7
Tetraethyldithio-   (C2H50)2P(S)OP(S)(OC2H5)2 CeH2005P2S2 '  322   136-139
pyrophosphate
                  II cV, ~v/         ^
                       \ 0   0 s
Tetraethyl pyro-        \p   g /
phosphate                P-O-P

                              \
                         \
0,0,0-Triethyl-     H5C20—P-S
phosphorothioate        /
                                             CJH20°7P2     29° .    13
                                                                  C6H1603PS     198   100     •" Modified Method 5  (MM5)
                                                                                     (16 torr) g (XAD-2 sorbent, extrac-
                                                                                              •^ tion with methylene
                                                                                              g chloride)
                                                                                                      GC/AFID or GC/MS  (glass
                                                                                                      capillary column  wall-
                                                                                                      coated with SE-52)
                                   \                                     «
Tris(2,3-dibromo-  CII2Br-CHBr-CH2-0-P=0      C,H, jEr^F   218   fp >112 ^
                     propyl) phosphate
                     Hexaethyl tetra-    0=F
                     phosphate
                                   /

                               I—P—O—P=0   C12HJ00,3P^   506   decompo-
                                 |      I                          ses above
                                                                 150 °C
Phosphorothioic     H3CO g
aciJ-0,0-dimethyl       \||
ester,  0-ester with      P-0-(O}-SO2N
sulfonamide benzene     /
                                                            CH3
                                                           325   mp 52-53
                   H3CO
                                                            CH,
                                                                    (continued)

-------
                                TABLE  D-l (continued)
CAS
Registry No.

77-78-1



62-50-0

66-27-3
62-74-8



80-52-6



53-86-1





145-73-3
Name • Structure Formula Mol wt
O
II
Dimethyl sulfate CH30-S-OCH3 C2H6O,,C1 126
II
0

Ethylmethane sul- CH3S03C2H5 C3He03S . 124
fonate
Methyl methane CH3S03CH3 C2!I603S 110
sulfonate
Trifluoroacetic CF3COO"Na+ C202F3Na 136
acid, Na salt


Methyl raeth- CH2C(CH3)COOCH3 C5He02 100
acrylate

0
l-(£-Chlorobenzoyl)- N CH3 C, 5Hi60,.NCl 357
5-methoxy-2-methyl- f-^^n lT
indole-3-acetic acid Y II 	 II
H,«r**^ CH2COOH
0
|
7-Oxabicyclo[2.2.1] r-"T\_ CflH10Os 180
Air sampling and
sample preparation
bp, °Ca methods
—
188' (with
decom-
position)



Modified Method 5 (MM5)
(XAD-2 or Porapak Q or
silica gel sorbent and
— i acetone or water
extraction)
- J
— d Modified Method 5 (MM5)
-i (filter and impinger (10%
J1 HN03] and steam distilla-
tion)
101 1 Modified Method 5 (MM5)
, (XAD-2 sorbent, extraction
"f with methylene chloride)
Q

mp 155




,


Modified Method 5 (MM5)
(particulate and filter,
then diethyl ether
extraction)

I
i
Analysis method


CC/MS (glass capillary
column wall-Coated with'
SE-52)



CC/ECD or MS (glass
capillary column wall-
coated with SE-52)

GC/FIU or MS (glass
capillary column wall-
coated with SE-52)


Derivatization
(diazoroethane), GC/ECD
or MS (glass capillary
[SE-52] or packed [OV-1
on Gas-Chrom Q] column)

heptane-2,3-dicar-
boxylic acid
                                             (continued)

-------
                                                       TABLE  D-l  (continued)
                                                                                              Air sampling and
     CAS                                                                                     sample preparation
 Registry No.         Name            Structure            Formula    Mol  wt    bp,  °Ca              methods               Analysis method
    94-75-7       2,4-dichloropheuoxy-  C1-/Q) -0-C112-COOH   C8H60:1C12     221
                  acetic acid

                                       ci
                                                                                        1
93-76-5       .2,4,5-trichloro-     Cl-/O)-°-cll2-COOH   C8H5C1303      255     mp 151-153  c Modified Method 5 (MM5)    Derivatization
              phenoxyacetic acid       '—(                                 '              £ (partlculate and filter,   (dlazomethane), GC/ECD
                                          Cl                                              < then  diethyl ether        or MS (glass capillary
                                    Cl         H                                     .      ^ extraction)                [SE-52J or packed (OV-1
                                      )—y    |                                            '                            on Gas-Chrom Q] column)
93-72-1       2-(2,4,5-trichloro-   C1-/O)-°"C~C0011      C9H7C1303      270    -rap 180-181
              phenoxy)propionic   o-   ^—/    |
              acid                        Cl   CH3
-t>
O
aBoiling points (bp)  are given  except when flash points  (fp) and melting points  (mp) are indicated.

bTHEED = tetrahydroxyethylene amiue.

CLCEC = liquid chromatograpliy with electrochemical detection.

 GC/FPD = gas chromatograpliy with  flame photometric detection.

eGC/ECD = gas chromatography with electron capture detection.

fDNPH « 2,4-dlnitrophenylhydrazine.

8GC/AFID = gas chromatography with alkali flame ionization detection.

-------
TEMPERATURE
  SENSOR
         _
 PROBE—~fs;
REVERSE-TYPE
 PITOT TUBE
                                                                               CHECK
                                                                               VALVE
                                             FILTER HOLDER
                                                       8ATTELLE
                                                     SORBENTTRAP
                   RECIRCULATION PUMP

                                THERMOMETERS
                                                                                  VACUUM LINE
                                DRY GAS METER   AIR-TIGHT
                                                PUMP
       Figure D-3.   Battelle Modified Method  (MM5) Train.
                                        241

-------
          GLASS
CLASS WOOL  PROSE


.
—



-
"V /
10% NaHSOj
SOLUTION

E
M
PF
^»

f
                                                  ICE BATH
                                                                      \
                                                                      aOWMETER
            Figure  D-4.   Diagram of sampling train for  aldehydes..
                                            242

-------
                       EXAMPLE 1.  POHC SAMPLING METHOD
Method Number:

Method Name:

Basic Method:


Matrix:
Specific POHC from Appendix VIII
to which method may be applied:
Apparatus:

Sampling-Method Parameters:
Modified Method 5 (MM5)

Comprehensive sampling train
(filter-sorbent-impinger)

Stack gas (particulate plus vapor-
phase material)
Alcohols (Allyl alcohol, 2-Propyn-l-ol,
1,2-Propanediol) (C-5-B)

GC/FID
     Hardware:  RAC or equivalent sampling train modified to include
                sorbent module as shown in Figure 3
                Filter — Glass-fiber filter
                Sorbent — XAD-2 resin
                Impinger reagent — Water

     Deployment:  Traverse and sample isokinetically as specified in
                  EPA Method 1-5
                  Collect 5-m3 sample at approximately 0.75-ft3/min
                  sampling rate
Recovery Check:
References:
Spike filter/sorbent or impingers before
(or both) sampling with known quantity of
deuterated or fluorinated analog of target
compound.
                                       243

-------
Method Number:

Method Name:

Basic Method:


Matrix:
                    EXAMPLE 1:   POHC SAMPLE-PREPARATION METHOD
Extraction

20-min shaking of filter and XAD-2
sorbent in water

Sorbent and solid waste and filter
Liquid waste (organic)
Specific POHC from Appendix VIII
to which method may be applied:
Extraction-Method Parameters:
Alcohols (Allyl alcohol, 2-Propyn-l-ol ,
1 ,2-Propanediol) (C-5-B)

Apparatus — Standard Equipment
Solvent — Water
Time — 20 rain
Sample size — 20-200 g
                                       244

-------
                       EXAMPLE 1.  POHC ANALYSIS METHOD


Method Number:

Method Name:                       Alcohols

Basic Method:                      GC/FID, GC/MS

Matrix:                            Water (impinger and extract)
                                   Liquid organic waste (neat and dilute)

Specific POHC from Appendix VIII
to which method may be applied:    Alcohols (Allyl alcohol, 2-Propyn-l-ol. .
                                   1,2-Propanediol) (C-5-B)

Apparatus:                         GC/MS/DS (gas chromatograph with mass
                                   spectrometer and data system)

Analysis-Method Parameters:

     GC:        Column — Fused-silica capillary, 30 m long, 0.25-mm  ID,
                    .   '   wall-coated with SE-52
                Carrier gas — He at 25 cm/s at 100 °C
                                   or
                Column— Carbopak C plus 0.8% THEED (tetrahydroxyethlene-
                          diamine) packed in 55 x 0.2-cm ID glass column
                Carrier gas — He
                Temperature program — 115 °C, isothermal

     MS:        Mass range — 42-450 amu
                Scan range — 2  s/sean             ~      '
                lonization — El, 70 eV

Criteria for Qualitative
Identification:                    As defined in Section VI.E.S.b. (of  the
                                   Methods Manual).
Criteria for Quantitative
Analysis:                          As defined in Section VI.E.3.C.; at  least
                                   two calibration standards to be run  daily.

Detection Limits:                  5-20 ng of each compound injected  on column
                                   or 1-4 yg/m3 of each compound  in a 5-m3
                                   stack-gas sample,
                                   0.25-1 pg/g of each compound in a  20-g
                                   waste sample,
                                   0.25-1 pg/g of each compound in a  20-g
                                   ash sample.
                                      245

-------
                 EXAMPLE 1.   POHC ANALYSIS METHOD (continued)
References:
     1.  DiCorcia, A.; Samperi, R.  Gas chromatographic determination of
         glycolo at the parts-per-million level in water by graphitized
         carbon black.  Anal. Chem.  51(5):   776-778;  1979.
                                       246

-------
                       EXAMPLE 2.  POHC SAMPLING METHOD
Method Number:

Method Name:

Basic Method:


Matrix:
              Modified Method 5 (MM5)

              Comprehensive sampling train
              (filter-sorbent-impinger)

              Stack gas (particulate)
Specific POHC from Appendix VIII
to which method may be applied:    Epinephrine (3.4-Dihydroxy-cc-[(methylamine)-
                                   methyl]benzyl  alcohol)  (C-5-C)

Sampling-Method Parameters:
     Hardware:
     Deployment:
Recovery Check:
References:
RAC or equivalent sampling train modified to include
sorbent module as shown in Figure 3
Filter — Glass-fiber filter
Sorbent — Alumina (pH 8.5)
Impinger reagent — 1% HC1 solution

Traverse and sample isokinetically as specified in
EPA Methods 1-5
Collect 5-m3 sample at approximately 0.75-ft3/min
sampling rate

              Spike fiFter/sorbent or impingers (or both)
              before sampling with known quantity of
              deuterated or fluorinated analog of target
              compound.
                                       247

-------
                  EXAMPLE 2.  POHC SAMPLE-PREPARATION METHOD
Method Number:

Method Name:

Basic Method:


Matrix:
Specific POHC from Appendix VIII
to which method may be applied:
Extraction-Method Parameters:
Desorption

Desorption of adsorbed compound with
0.5 M

Sorbent material (alumina), filter
Solid waste
Fly Ash
Bottom Ash
Epinephrine (3,4-Dihydroxy-a~[(methylamine)
methyl]benzyl alcohol) (C-5-C) ..

Standard solid/liquid extraction
                                       248

-------
                   EXAMPLE 2.  POHC SAMPLE-PREPARATION METHOD



Method Number:

Method Name:.                       Analyte concentration

Basic Method:                      Evaporation

Matrix:                            Salt solution of epinephrine

Specific POHC from Appendix VIII
to which method may be applied:    Epinephrine (3,4-Dihydroxy-a-[(raethylamine)-
                                   methyl]benzyl alcohol) (C-5-C)

Sampling-Method Parameters         Evaporate slowly in water bath

Recovery Check:                     Add epinephrine to appropriate acid
                                   solution and evaporate by heating
                                   in water bath

References:
                                     249

-------
                        EXAMPLE 2:  POHC ANALYSIS METHOD
Method Number:

Method Name:

Basic Method:

Matrix:
Specific POHC from Appendix VIII
to which method may be applied:
Apparatus:
Analysis-Method Parameters:
              Epinephrine (catechol amine)

              LCEC, Derivatization/GC/MS, or GC/FID

              1% HC1 extract of liquid and solid
              organic waste and sorbent
              1% HC1 wash solution of filter in
              sampling train
              1% HC1 impinger solution
              Epinephrine ( 3,4-Dihydroxy-a- [.(methy lamine) -
              methylJbenzyl alcohol) (C-5-C)

              LCEC (Liquid chromatography with electro-
              chemical detection) or GC/MS/DS (Finnigan
              4000 or equivalent)
     HPLC:
Column — yBondapak C   (Waters Associates)
Mobile phase — 6.8 g NaAc, 100 mg EDTA, 1 g
                heptanesulfonic acid in 1 L,
                pH adjusted to 4.8 with 2 M HC1
Flow rate — 1 mL/min
Detector type — electrochemical detection
Injector temperature — 250 °C
Criteria for Qualitative
Identification:

Criteria for Quantitative
Analysis:
Detection Limits:
              As defined in Section VI.E.3.b.
              As defined in Section VI.E.3.c; at least
              two calibration standards to be run daily.

              Unspecified
                                       250

-------
                 EXAMPLE 2.  POHC ANALYSIS METHOD (continued)
References:
     1.    Goldstein, D.S., et al.   Validity and .reliability of liquid
          chromatography with electrochemical detection for measuring plasma
          levels of norepinephrine and epinephrine in man.  Life Sci. 28:
          467-475;  1981.  •

     2.    Mefford,  I.N., et  al.   Determination of plasma catecholamines and
          free 3,4-dihydroxyphenylacetic acid in continuously collected human
          plasma by high performance liquid chromatography with electrochemical
          detection.  Life Sci.  28:  477-483; 1981.

     3.    Davis, G.C.; Kissinger,  P.T.; Shoup, R.E.  Strategies for
         • determination of serum or plasma norepinephrine by reverse-phase
          liquid chromatography.  Anal. Chem. 53:  156-159; 1981.
                                       251

-------
                       EXAMPLE 3:  POHC SAMPLING METHOD
Method Number:

Method Name:

Basic Method:


Matrix:
Specific POHC from Appendix VIII
to which method may be applied:


Sampling-Method Parameters:

     Hardware:
                 Modified .Method 5 (MM5)

                 Comprehensive sampling train
                 (filter-sorbent-impinger)

                 Filter or sorbent material (or both)
                 from stack sampler and solid waste
                 Thiols (Benzenethiol, Tetrachloromethane-
                 thiol', and Trichlorotnethanethiol)  (C-5-A)
RAC or equivalent sampling train modified to
include sorbent module as shown in Figure 3
Filter — Glass-fiber filter
Sorbent — XAD-2 resin
Impinger reagent —
     Deployment:  Traverse and sample isokinetically as  specified  in
                  EPA Methods 1-5
                  Collect 5-m3 sample at approximately 0.75-ft3/min
                  sampling rate
Recovery check:
References:
Spike filter/sorbent before sampling with known
quantity of deuterated or fluorinated analog of
target compound.
                                       252

-------
                   EXAMPLE 3.   POHC SAMPLE-PREPARATION METHOD
Method Number:

Method Name:

Basic Method:


Matrix:
Specific POHC from Appendix VIII
to which method may be applied: -
Extraction-Method Parameters:
Soxhlet extraction

Continuous 24-h extraction with methylene
chloride

Solid wastes
Fly ash
Bottom ash
Particulate/sorbent from comprehensive
sampling train
Thiols (Benzenethiol, Tetrachloromethane-
thiol, and Trichloromethanethiol) (C-5-A)

Apparatus — Fisher Catalog No. 09-556
             or equivalent
Solvent — Methylene chloride, 200 mL
Time — 24-h extraction
Sample size — 20-200.g
                                      253

-------
                  EXAMPLE 3:  POHC SAMPLE-PREPARATION METHOD
Method Number:

Method Name:

Basic Method:

Matrix:

Specific POHC from Appendix VIII
to which method may be applied:


Method Parameters:
Recovery Check:
References:
Extraction concentration

Kuderna-Danish

Solvent extract
Thiols (Benzenethiol,  Tetrachloromethane-
thiol, and Trichloromethanethiol) (C-5-A)

Use Kuderna-Danish evaporative concentrator
with three-ball-Snyder column to reduce
extract volume to OO mL.  Use micro Snyder
to concentrate further if necessary to meet
detection limits.

Add these compounds to appropriate volume  .
of solvent and concentrate using procedures
applied to samples.
                                       254

-------
                       EXAMPLE 3:  POHC ANALYSIS METHOD



Method Number:

Method Name:                       Thiols

Basic Method:                      GC/FID or GC/MS

Matrix:                            Organic solvent extract
                                   Liquid organic waste (neat or diluted)

Specific POHC from Appendix VIII
to which method may be applied:    Thiols (Benzenethiol, Tetrachloromethane-
                                   thiol, and Trichloromethanethiol) (C-5-A)

Apparatus:                         GC/FPD (gas chromatography with  flame-
                                   photometric detection) or GC/MS

Analysis-Method Parameters:

     GC:     Column — Fused-silica capillary, 30 m long, 0.25 mm ID
                       wall-coated with SE-52
             Carrier gas — He at 25 cm/s at 100 °C
                              or
             Column — Aluminum packed with 30% tritolyl phosphate  on
                       Chromosorb P support

     MS:     Mass range — 42-450 amu
             Scan range — 2 s/scan
             lonization — El, 70 eV           -             '

Criteria for Qualitative
Identification:                    As defined in Section VI.E.3.b.

Criteria for quantitative
Analysis:                          As defined in Section VI.E.3.C.; at least
                                   two calibration standards to be  run daily.

Detection Limits:                  5-20 ng of each compound injected on column
                                   or 1-4 yg/m3 of each compound in a 5-m3
                                   stack-gas sample,
                                   0.25-1 yg/g of each compound in  a 20-g
                                   waste sample,
                                   0.25-1 pg/g of each compound in  a 20-g
                                   ash sample.

References:

     1.  Kremer, L.; Spicer, L.D.  Gas chromatographic separation of hydrogen
         sulfide, carbonyl sulfide and higher sulfur compounds with a single
         pass system.  Anal. Chem. 45(11):  1973.

                                       255

-------
                        EXAMPLE 4:  POHC SAMPLING METHOD
Method Number:

Method Name:

Basic Method:


Matrix:

Specific POHC from Appendix VIII
to which method may be applied:



Sampling-Method Parameters:

     Hardware:
                 Modified Method 5 (MM5)

                 Comprehensive sampling train
                 (filter-sorbent-irapinger)

                 Stack gas (vapor-phase material)
                 Aldehydes (Acetaldehyde, Crotonaldehyde,
                 Glycidylaldehyde, and Chloroacetaldehyde)
                 (C-4-C)
     Deployment:
Recovery Check:
References:
RAC or equivalent sampling train modified to
include sorbent module as shown in Figure 3
Filter •— Not. applicable
Sorbent — Not applicable
Impinger reagent — DNPH in 2 _N HC1,  or 2,3,4,5,6-
                    pentachlorobenzylhydrazine,  or
                    10% NaHS03 (Figure 4)

  Traverse and sample isokinetically as specified in
  EPA Methods 1-5
  Collect 5-m3 sample at approximately 0.75-ft3/min
  sampling rate       .            -  -

                 Spike impingers before sampling with
                 known quantity of deuterated or
                 fluorinated analog of. target compound.
                                      256

-------
                   EXAMPLE 4:   POHC SAMPLE-PREPARATION METHOD
Method Number;

Method Name:


Basic Method:

Matrix:
Specific POHC from Appendix VIII
to which method may be applied:
Extraction-Method Parameters:
Derivatize with DNPH and extract with
CH2Cl2 and pentane

3-batch liquid-liquid phase extraction

Solid wastes (derivatized)
Fly ash (derivatized)
Impinger solution (DNPH, 2 N HC1")


Aldehydes (Acetaldehyde, Crotonaldehyde,
Glycidylaldehyde, and Chloroacetaldehyde)
(C-4-C)

Apparatus '•— Standard equipment
Solvent — Methylene chloride, 100 mL, and
ti-pentane, 100 mL
Time —
Sample size — 20-200 g
                                      257

-------
                   EXAMPLE 4:  POHC SAMPLE-PREPARATION METHOD
Method Number:

Method Name:

Basic Method:

Matrix:

Specific POHC from Appendix VIII
to which method may be applied:
Method Parameters:
Recovery Checks:
References:
Extraction concentration

Kuderna-Danish

Solvent extracts
Aldehydes (Acetaldehyde, Crotonaldehyde,
Glycidylaldehyde, and Chloroacetaldehyde)
(C-4-C)

Use Kuderna-Danish evaporative concentrator
with three-ball-Snyder column to reduce
extract volume to <10 mL.  Use micro Snyder
to concentrate further if necessary to mee't
detection limits.

Add compound of interest to appropriate
volume of solvent and concentrate using
procedures applied to samples.
                                    258

-------
                        EXAMPLE 4:  POHC"ANALYSIS METHOD
Method Number:

Method Name:

Basic Method:


Matrix:
Specific POHC from Appendix VIII
to which method may be applied:
Apparatus:




Analysis-Method Parameters:

     GC:
                    Aldehydes

                    Derivatization (DNPH) and HPLC/UV or
                    GC/ECD or GC/MS

                    Organic solvent extract of derivative
                    Liquid organic waste (neat or diluted)
                    (derivatized)
                    Aldehydes (Acetaldehyde, Crotonaldehyde,
                    Glycidylaldehyde, and Chloroacetaldehyde)
                    (C-4-C)

                    HPLC/UV (254 nm or.370 nm), GC/ECD (gas
                    chromatography with electron-capture
                    detection), or GC/MS/DS (Finnigan 4000
                    or equivalent)
     HPLC:

     MS:
Column — Fused-silica capillary, 30 m long, 0.25-mm ID
          wall-coated with SE-52
Carrier gas — He at 25 cm/s at 100 °C
Temperature program — 25 °C, 2 min isothermal
                       25-150 °C_at 4 °C/min
Injector temperature — 200 °C

Column — Zorbax-ODS 1250 x 4.6-mm ID
          75% CH3OH/25% H20)
Mass range — 42-450 amu
Scan rate — 2 s/scan
lonization — El, 70 eV
Criteria for Qualitative
Identification:

Criteria for Quantitative
Analysis:
                    As defined in Section VI.E.S.b-.
                    As defined in Section VI.E.3.C.; at least
                    two calibration standards to be run daily,
                                      259

-------
Detection Limits:                  5-20 ng of each compound injected on column
                                   or 1-4 ug/m3 of each compound in a 5-m3
                                   stack-gas sample,
                                   0.25-1 Pg/g of each compound in a 20-g
                                   waste sample,
                                   0.25-1 yg/g of each compound in a 20-g
                                   ash sample.

References:

     1.  Kobayashi, K., et al.  Gas chromatography determination of low-
         molecular-weight carbonyl compounds in aqueous solution as their
         c)-(2,3,4,5,6-pentafluorobenzyl) oximes.  J. Chromatogr. 187:  413-17;
         1980.
                                       260

-------
                        EXAMPLE 5:  POHC SAMPLING METHOD
Method Number:
Method Name:
Basic Method:
Matrix:
Specific POHC from Appendix VIII
to which method may be applied:
Sampling-Method Parameters:
               Modified Method 5 (MM5)

               Comprehensive sampling train
               (filter-sorbent-impinger)

               Stack gas (vapor phase material)
               Phosphate and thiophosphate esters
               (0,£-Dlethyl-S_-methylester phosphoro-
               dithioic acid; C^-j3-Nitrophenylester,
               £,(D-Diethyl phosphoric acid; CsO_-
               Diethyl-0-(2-pyrazinyl)phosphoro-
               thioa.te; Diisopropyl fluorophosphate;
               Tetraethyldithio pyrophosphate; Tetra-
               ethyl pyrophosphate; £,(),0-Triethyl
               phosphorothioate; Tris(2,3-dibromo-
               propyl)phosphate; Hexaethyl tetra-
               phosphate; and Phosphorothioic acid-
               C),()-dimethylester, 0-ester with N^N-
               dimethyl benzene sulfonamide)
     Hardware:
     Deployment:
Recovery Check:
References:
RAC or equivalent sampling train modified to include
sorbent module as shown in Figure 3
Filter — Glass-fiber filter
Sorbent — XAD-2 resin
Impinger reagent — Water

Traverse and sample isokinetically as specified in
EPA Methods 1-5
Collect 5-m  sample at approximately 0.75-ft3/min
sampling rate

               Spike sorbent or impingers (or both) before
               sampling with known quantity of deuterated
               or fluorinated analog of target compound.
                                       261

-------
                   EXAMPLE 5:  POHC SAMPLE-PREPARATION METHOD
Method Number:

Method Name:

Basic Method:


Matrix:
Specific POHC from Appendix VIII
to which method may be applied:
Extraction-Method Parameters:
Soxhlet extraction

Continuous 24-h extraction with methylene
chloride

Solid wastes
Fly ash
Particulate (glass fiber filter)
Phosphate and thiophosphate esters
(£,0-Diethyl-S_-methylester phosphoro-
dithioic acid; 0_-p_-Nitrophenylester,
0,0-Diethyl phosphoric acid; 0,0-
Diethyl-0_-(2-pyrazinyl)phosphoro-
thioate; Diisopropyl fluorophosphate;
Tetraethyldithio pyrophosphate; Tetra-
ethyl pyrophosphate; C),0_,0-Triethyl
phosphorothioate; Tris(2,3-dibromo-
propyl)phosphate; Hexaethyl tetra-
phosphate; and Phosphorothioic acid-
£,0-dimethylester, 0-ester with N..N-
dimethyl benzene sulfonamide)
                                   Apparatus — Fisher Catalog No. 09-556
                                                or equivalent
                                   Solvent — Methylene- chloride, 200 mL
                                   Time — 24-h extraction
                                   Sample size — 20-200 g
                                        262

-------
                   EXAMPLE 5.  POHC SAMPLE-PREPARATION METHOD
Method Number:

Method Name:

Basic Method:

Matrix:

Specific POHC from Appendix VIII
to which method may be applied:
Method Parameters:
Recovery Check:
References:
Extraction concentration*

Kuderna-Danish

Solvent extracts
Phosphate and thiophosphate esters
(0,(D-Diethyl-S^methylester phosphoro-
dithioic acid; ()-£-Nitrophenylester,
£,0-Diethyl phosphoric acid; £,0_-
Diethy !-()-(2-pyrazinyl) phosphoro-
thioate; Diisopropyl fluorophosphate;
Tetraethyldithio pyrophosphate; Tetra-
ethyl pyrophosphate; jD,(),()-Triethyl
phosphorothioate; Tris(2,3-dibromo-
propyl)phosphate; Hexaethyl tetra-
phosphate; and Phosphorothioic acid-
jD^O.-dimethylester, 0-ester with ^I^N,-
dimethyl. benzene sulfonaraide)
Use Kuderna-Danish evaporative concentrator
with three ball-Snyder column to reduce
extract volume to <10 mL.  Use micro Snyder
to concentrate further if necessary to meet
detection limits.

Add compound of interest to appropriate
volume of solvent and concentrate using
procedures applied to samples.
     ^Volatile  components  like  tetraethyl  pyrophosphate will  be  lost  in  this
      extract concentration  procedure.   Lower  recoveries  resulting  in  higher
      detection limits  might have  to  be  accepted  in  this  case.
                                     263

-------
                        EXAMPLE  5:  POHC ANALYSIS METHOD
Method Number:

Method Name:

Basic Method:

Matrix:
Specific POHC from Appendix VIII
to which method may be applied:
Apparatus:
Analysis-Method Parameters:
                    Phosphate and  thiophosphate  esters

                    GC/AFID or FPD or GC/MS

                    Methylene chloride extract
                    Liquid organic waste  (neat or diluted)

                    Phosphate and  thiophosphate  esters
                    (Cs()-Diethyl^S_-methylester phosphoro-
                    dithioic acid; 0-£-Nitrophenylester,
                    (),0-Diethyl phosphoric acid; £,£-
                    Diethyl-£-(2-pyrazinyl)phosphoro-
                    thioate; Diisopropyl  fluorophosphate;
                    Tetraethyldithio pyrophosphate;  Tetra-
                    ethyl pyrophosphate;  (),
-------
                        EXAMPLE 6:  POHC SAMPLING METHOD
Method Number:

Method Name:

Basic Method:


Matrix:
Specific POHC from Appendix VII]
to which method may be applied:
Sampling-Method Parameters:
               Modified Method 5 (MM5)

               Comprehensive sampling train
               (filter-sorbent-impinger)

               Stack gas (particulate plus vapor phase
               material)
               Sulfates and sulfonates (Dimethyl sulfate,
               Ethyl methanesulfonate, Methyl methane-
               sulfonate) (C-4-E)
     Hardware:
     Deployment:
Recovery Check:
RAC or equivalent sampling train modified to
include sorbent module as shown in Figure 3
Filter — Glass-fiber filter (acid washed)
Sorbent — XAD-2 resin, Porapak Q, or silica
           gel

Traverse and sample isokinetically as specified
in EPA Methods 1-5
Collect 5-m3 sample approximately 0.75~ft3/min
sampling rate

               Spike filter or  sorbent  (or both)  before
               sampling with known quantity of deuterated
               or fluorinated analog  of target compound.
References:
     1.  Lee, M.L.; Later, D.W.; Rollin, D.L.; Eatough,  D.J.;  Hansen,  D.L.
         Dimethyl and monomethyl sulfate:   Presence in fly ash and airborne
         particulate matter.  Science 207:   186-188;  1980.
                                      265

-------
                   EXAMPLE 6:  POHC SAMPLE-PREPARATION METHOD
Method Number:
Method Name:
Basic Method:
Matrix:
Specific POHC from Appendix VIII
to which method may be applied:
Extraction-Method Parameters:
Soxhlet extraction

Continuous 24-h extraction with acetone
(glass-fiber filter and Porapak Q) or
water (glass-fiber filter and silica gel)

Solid wastes
Fly ash
Bottom ash
Particulate and sorbent from comprehensive
sampling train
Sulfates and sulfonates (Dimethyl sulfate,
Ethyl methanesulfonate, Methyl methane-
sulfonate) (C-4-E)
                                   Apparatus — Fisher Catalog No. 09-556
                                                or equivalent
                                   Solvent — Acetone (Porapak Q as sorbent)
                                              Water (silica gel as sorbent)
                                   Time — 25-h continuous extraction
                                   Sample size — 20-200 g
                                      266

-------
                   EXAMPLE 6:  POHC SAMPLE-PREPARATION METHOD



Method Number:

Method Name:                       Extract concentration*

Basic Method:                      Kuderna-Danish

Matrix:                            Solvent extracts

Specific POHC from Appendix VIII
to which method may be applied:    Sulfates and sulfonates (Dimethyl sulfate,
                                   Ethyl methanesulfonate, Methyl methane-
                                   sulfonate) (C-4-E)

Method Parameters:                 Use Kuderna-Danish evaporation concentrator
                                   with three ball-Snyder column to reduce
                                   extract volume to <10 mL.   Use micro Snyder
                                   to concentrate further if  necessary to meet
                                   detection limits.

Recovery Check:                    Add compounds of interest  to appropriate
                                   volume of solvent and concentrate using
                                   procedures applied to samples.

References:
   *0nly  for  the acetone extract,
                                        267

-------
                        EXAMPLE 6:  POHC ANALYSIS METHOD
Method Number:

Method Name:

Basic Method:

Matrix:
Specific POHC from Appendix VIII
to which method may be applied:
Apparatus:

Analysis-Method Parameters:

     GC:
                    Sulfates and sulfonates

                    GC/MS

                    Organic solvent extract
                    Water extract
                    Liquid organic waste
                    Sulfates and sulfonates .(Dimethyl sulfate,
                    Ethyl methanesulfonate, Methyl methane-
                    sulfonate) (C-4-E)

                    GC/MS/DS (Finnigan 4000 or equivalent)
     MS:
Column — Fused-silica capillary, 3 m long, 0.25-mm ID,
          wall-coated with SE-52
Carrier gas — He at 25 cm/s at 100 °C
Temperature program — 50 °C, 8 min isothermal
                       50-150 °C at 8 "C/min
Injector temperature — 150 °C

Mass range — 42-450 amu
Scan rate — 2 s/scan
lonization — El, 70 eV
Criteria .for Qualitative
Identification:

Criteria for Quantitative
Analysis:
Detection Limits:
                    As defined in Section VI.E.S.b.
                    As defined in Section VI.E.3.C.; at least
                    two calibration standards to be run daily.

                    5-20 ng of each compound injected on column
                    or 1.4 yg/m3 of each compound in a 5-m3
                    stack-gas sample,
                    0.25-1 Mg/g of each compound in a 20-g
                    waste sample,
                    0.25-1 Mg/g of each compound in a 20-g
                    ash sample.
                                      268

-------
                        EXAMPLE 7:  POHC SAMPLING METHOD
Method Number:

Method Name:

Basic Method:


Matrix:


Specific POHC from Appendix VIII
to which method may be applied:

Sampling-Method Parameters:

     Hardware:
               Modified Method 5 (MM5)

               Comprehensive sampling train
               (filter-sorbent-impinger)

               Stack gas (particulate plus vapor-
               phase material)
               Trifluoroacetic acid, Na salt (C-4-F)
     Deployment:
Recovery Check:
References:
RAC or equivalent sampling train modified to
include sorbent module as shown in Figure 3
Filter — Glass-fiber filter
Impinger reagent — 1% HNOa solution

Traverse and sample isokinetically as specified
in EPA Methods 1-5
Collect 5-m3 sample at approximately 0.75-ft3/min
sampling rate

               Spike filter or impingers (or both)  before
               sampling with known quantity of acetic acid
               analog of target compound.
                                       269

-------
                   EXAMPLE 7:  POHC SAMPLE-PREPARATION METHOD
Method Number:

Method Name:

Basic Method:

Matrix:
Specific POHC from Appendix VIII
to which method may be applied:

Extraction-Method Parameters:
Solvent extraction

3-batch extraction with 1% HNO$

Solid wastes
Fly ash
Bottom ash
Particulate (glass-fiber filter)


Trifluoroacetic acid, Na salt (C-4-F)
                                   Apparatus — Flask and wrist  shaker
                                   Solvent — 1% HNOs,  200 mL
                                   Time — 3  x 0.25 h
                                   Sample size — 20-200 g
                                       270

-------
                  .EXAMPLE 7:  POHC SAMPLE-PREPARATION METHOD
Method Number:

Method Name:

Basic Method:

Matrix:

Specific POHC from Appendix VIII
to which method may be applied:

Method Parameters:


Recovery Check:
Purge and trap or steam distillation

Purge or steam distillation

1% HN03


Trifluoroacetic acid, Na salt (C-4-F)

Purging device, trap and desorber
(15 cm of Tenax-GC, 60/80 mesh)

Add trifluoroacetic acid to 1% HNOa
solution to appropriate volume and purge
and trap or steam distillation
References:

     1.   EPA Method 624 (purge and trap).
                                        271

-------
                         EXAMPLE  7:   POHC  ANALYSIS  METHOD



•Method Number:

 Method Name:                        Trifluoroacetic acid

 Basic Method                        Derivatization  with £.-bromobenzyl bromide
                                    and GC/ECD  or MS

 Matrix:                            Acidified water extract

 Specific POHC from Appendix VIII
 to which method  may be applied:     Trifluoroacetic acid, Na  salt  (C-4-F)

 Apparatus:    "                      GC/ECD or GC/MS/DS  (Finnigan 4000 or
                                    equivalent

 Analysis-Method  Parameters:

      GC:      Column — Fused-silica capillary column, 30 m long,
                          0.25-mm.ID, wall-coated with SE-52
               Carrier gas — He at 7.5 cm/s at 100 °C  (linear velocity)
               Temperature  program  — 25  °C, 2 min isothermal
                                      25-100 °C at 8 °C/min
               Injector temperature — 200 °C

      MS:      Mass range — 42-450 amu
               Scan rage — 2 s/scan
               lonization — El, 70 eV

 Criteria for  Qualitative
 Identification:                     As defined  in Section VI.E.S.b.

 Criteria for  Quantitative
 Analysis:                           As defined  in Section VI.E.3.C.; at least
                                    two calibration standards to be  run daily.

 Detection Limits:                   <5 ng  of derivative injected on  column
                                    <1 ug/m3 in a 5-m3 stack-gas sample
                                    <0.25  Mg/g  in a 20-g waste sample
                                    <5 Mg/L in  a 1-L scrubber water  sample
                                    <0.25  yg/g  in a 20-g ash  sample

 References:
                                         272

-------
                        EXAMPLE 8:  POHC SAMPLING METHOD
Method Number:

Method Name:

Basic Method:


Matrix:

Specific POHC from Appendix VIII
to which method may be applied:

Sampling-Method Parameters:

     Hardware:
               Modified Method 5 (MM5)

               Comprehensive sampling train
               (filter-sorbent-impinger)

               Stack gas (vapor-phase material)
               Methyl methacrylate (C-4-D)
     Deployment:
Recovery Check:
References:
RAC or equivalent sampling train modified to
include sorbent module as shown in Figure 3
Sorbent — XAD-2 resin

Traverse and sample isokinetically as specified
in EPA Methods 1-5
Collect 5-m3 sample at approximately 0.75-ft3/min
sampling rate

               Spike sorbent before sampling with known
               quantity of deuterated or fluorinated
               analog of target compound.
                                       273

-------
                   EXAMPLE 8:  POHC SAMPLE-PREPARATION METHOD
Method Number:

Method Name:

Basic Method:


Matrix:


Specific POHC from Appendix VIII
to which method may be applied:

Extraction-Method Parameters:
Soxhlet extraction

Continuous 24-h extraction with n-pentane
(CH2C12 will also be effective)

Solid wastes
Sorbent from comprehensive sampling train
Methyl methacrylate (c-4-D)

Apparatus — Fisher Catalog No. 09-556
             or equivalent
Solvent — n-pentane, 200 mL
Time — 24-h extraction
Sample size — 20-200 g
                                        274

-------
                   EXAMPLE 8:  POHC SAMPLE-PREPARATION METHOD



Method Number:

Method Name:                       Extract concentration*

Basic Method:                      Kuderna-Danish

Matrix:                            Solvent extracts

Specific POHC from Appendix VIII
to which method may be applied:    Methyl methacrylate (C-4-D)

Method Parameters:                 Use Kuderna-Danish evaporative concentrator
                                   with three ball-Snyder column to reduce
                                   extract volume to <10 mL.  Use micro Snyder
                                   to concentrate further if -necessary to meet
                                   detection limits.

Recovery Check:                    Add methyl methacrylate to appropriate
                                   volume of solvent and concentrate using
                                   procedures applied to samples.

References:
      Lower temperatures should be used in this step because of the relatively
      low boiling point of methyl methacrylate.
                                       275

-------
                        EXAMPLE 8:  POHC ANALYSIS METHOD
Metho'd Number:

•Method Name:

Basic Method:

Matrix:



Specific POHC from Appendix VIII
to which methodjnay be applied:

Apparatus:

Analysis-Method Parameters:

     GC:
                    Methyl raethacrylate

                    GC/FID, GC/MS

                    Organic solvent extract
                    Liquid organic waste (neat or diluted)
                    Gas grab' sample


                    Methyl methacrylate (C-4-D)

                    GC/FID, GC/MS/DS (Finnigan 4000 or equivalent)
Column — Fused-silica capillary, 30-m-long,
          0.25-mm ID, with SE-52
Carrier gas — He at 25 cm/s at 100 °C
Temperature program — 50 °C, 8 min isothermal
                       50-150 °C at 8 °C/min
Injector temperature — 150 °C
     MS:       Mass range — 42-450 amu
               Scan rate — 2 s/scan
               lonization — IE, 70 eV
Criteria for Qualitative
Identification:

Criteria for Quantitative
Analysis:
Detection Limits:
Refert nces:
                    As defined in Section VI.E.3.b.
                    As defined in Section VI.E.3.C.; at least
                    two calibration standards to be run daily.

                    5^20 ng of each compound injected on column
                    or 1-4 ug/m3 of each compound in a 3-m3
                    stack-gas sample,
                    0.25-1 Mg/g of each compound in a 20-g
                    waste sample,
                    0.25-1 ug/g of each compound in a 20-g
                    ash sample.
         Rygle, K.G.  Trace residual monomer analysis by capillary gas
         chromatography.   J. Coat. Technol. 52:  47-52; 1980.
                                      276

-------
                        EXAMPLE 9:  POHC SAMPLING METHOD
Method Number:
Method Name:
Basic Method:
Matrix: •

Specific POHC from Appendix VIII
to which method may be applied:
               Modified Method 5 (MM5)

               Comprehensive sampling train
               (filter-sorbent-impinger)

               Stack gas (particulate)

               Carboxylic acids (l-£-chlorobenzyl)-5-
               methoxyl-2-methylindone-3-acetic acid,
               7-Oxabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2,3-dicar-
               boxylic acid, 2,4-Dichlorophenoxyacetic
               acid, 2,4,5-Trichlorophenoxyacetic acid,
               and 2-(2,4,5-Trichlorophenoxy)propionic
               acid)
Sampling-Method Parameters:
     Hardware:
     Deployment:
Recovery Check:
References:
RAC or equivalent sampling train modified to
include sorbent module as shown in Figure 3
Filter — Glass-fiber filter
Sorbent — Not applicable
Impinger reagent — Not applicable

Traverse and sample isokinetically as specified
in EPA Methods 1-5
Collect 5-m3 sample at approximately 0.75-ft3/min
sampling rate

               Spike filter before sampling with known
               quantity of deuterated or fluorinated
               analog of target compound.
                                       277

-------
                    EXAMPLE 9:  POHC SAMPLE-PREPARATION METHOD
Method Number:

Method Name:

Basic Method:


Matrix:
Specific POHC from Appendix VIII
to which method.may be applied:
Extraction-Method Parameters:
Soxhlet extraction

Continuous 24-h extraction with diethyl
ether

Solid wastes
Fly ash
Bottom ash
Particulate from comprehensive sampling
train

Carboxylic acids (l-£-chlorobenzyl)-5-
methoxyl-2-methylindone-3-acetic acid,
7-Oxabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2,3-dicar-  .
boxylic acid, 2,4-Dichlorophenoxyacetic
acid, 2,4,5-Trichlorophenoxyacetic acid,
and 2-(2,4,5-Trichlorophenoxy)propionic
acid)
               Apparatus	Fisher Catalog No. 09-556 or equivalent
               Solvent — Methylene chloride, 200 mL
               Time — 24-h extraction
               Sample size — 20-200 g
                                       278

-------
                   EXAMPLE 9:  POHC SAMPLE-PREPARATION METHOD



Method Number:

Method Name:                       Extract concentration

Basic Method:                      Kuderna-Danish

Matrix:                            Solvent extracts

Specific POHC from Appendix VIII   Carboxylic acids u-£-chlorobenzyl)-5-
to which method may be applied:    methoxyl-2-methylindone-3-acetic acid,
                                   7-Oxabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2,3-dicar-
                                   boxylic acid, 2,4-Dichlorophenoxyacetic
                                   acid, 2,4,5-Trichlorophenoxyacetic acid,
                                   and 2-(2,4,5-Trichlorophenoxy)propionic
                                   acid)
Method Parameters:                 Use Kuderna-Danish evaporative concentrator
                                   with three ball-Snyder column to reduce
                                   extract volume to <10 mL.  Use micro Snyder
                                   to concentrate further if necessary to meet
                                   detection limits.

Recovery Check:                    Add components of this group (C-4-A) to
                                   appropriate volume of solvent and concen-
                                   trate using procedures applied to samples.

References:
                                        279

-------
                         EXAMPLE 9:   POHC ANALYSIS METHOD
 Method Number:

 Method Name:

 Basic Method:

-Matrix:
 Specific POHC from Appendix VIII
 to which method may be applied:
 Apparatus:
 Analysis-Method Parameters:
                    Carboxylic acids

                    Derivatization* GC/ECD or GC/MS

                    Diethyl ether extract
                    Liquid organic waste (neat or diluted)

                    Carboxylic acids (l-£-chlorobenzyl)-5-
                    methoxyl-2-methylindone-3-acetic acid,
                    7-Oxabicyclo[2.2.1]hep tane-2,3-dicar-
                    boxylic acid, 2,4-Dichlorophenoxyacetic
                    acid, 2,4,5-Trichlorophenoxyacetic acid,
                    and 2-(2,4,5-Trichlorophenoxy)propionic
                    acid)
                    GC/ECD or GC/MS/DS (Finnigan 4000 or
                    equivalent)
      GC:
      MS:
Column — Fused-silica capillary, 30 m long,
          0.25-mm ID, wall-coated with SE-52
Carrier gas — He at 25 cm/s at 100 °C (GC/MS)
               5%.methane in argon
Temperature program — 40 °C, 2 min isothermal
                       40-250 °C at 20 °C/min
Injector temperature — 250 °C

Mass range — 42-450 amu
Scan rate — 2 s/scan
lonization — El, 70 eV
 Criteria for Qualitative
 Identification:

 Criteria for Quantitative
 Analysis:
                    As defined in Section VI.E.3.b.
                    As defined in Section VI.E.3.C.; at least
                    two calibration standards to be run daily,
      'Derivatization  with  either  diazomethane  or  an  extractive  alkylation
       procedure  is  necessary  to  form the  ester.
                                       280

-------
                 EXAMPLE 9.  POHC ANALYSIS METHOD (continued)
Detection Limits:                   5-20 ng of each compound injected on column
                                   or 1-4 pg/m3 of each compound, in a 5-m3
                                   stack-gas sample,
                                   0.25-1 yg/g of each compound in a 20-g
                                   waste sample,
                                   0.25-1 yg/g of each compound in a 20-g
                                   ash sample.
References:

     1.  ASTM Method D3478-79, Chlorinated phenoxy acid herbicides in water.

     2.  Plazonnet, B.; Vandenheuval,  W.J.A.  Preparation, gas chromatography
         and mass spectrometry of methyl and trimethyl silyl esters in
         indomethacin.  J. Chromatogr. 142:  587-596; 1977.

     3.  Ferry, D.G., et al.   Indomethacin estimatioN IN plasma and-serum by
         electron capture gas chromatography.  J. Chromatogr. 89:  110-112;
         1974.

     4.  Arbin, A.  Three alkylation methods for the detemrination of
         indomethacin in plasma by electron capture gas chromatography.  J.
         Chromatogr. 144:  85-92; 1977.

     5.  Jensen, J.M.  Detemrination of indomethacin in serum by an extractive
         alkylation tyechnique and gas-liquid chromatography.  J. Chromatogr.
         153:  195-202; 1978.
                                       281

-------
     In laboratory work performed,after the compilation of these proposed meth-
ods, we at SoRI developed several analysis methods that are believed  to be more
suitable than the corresponding proposed procedures.  For example, an HPLC/UV
analysis method was developed for the determination of phenoxyacetic  acids that
does not require the derivatization step of the GC/MS technique proposed in
Table D-l.  Many of the proposed analysis methods and all of the proposed sam-
pling procedures, however, still represent viable techniques that should be
considered for inclusion of the revised Methods Manual.
REVISION OF THE GENERAL SAMPLE DIGESTION PROCEDURE AND SPECIFIC
ANALYSIS METHODS FOR THE DETERMINATION OF METALS

     An editorial and technical revision of sample operation and analysis meth-
ods for metals was undertaken as a refinement of those procedures given  in  the
Methods Manual.  The resulting recommended revisions are present on pages 283
through 287.  Comments on the digestion and specific analysis procedures are
given initially.  Following these comments, revised methods, which include many
of the suggested changes, are given on pages 288 through 302 for antimony,
arsenic, barium, beryllium, cadmiun, chromium, lead, nickel, selenium,
strontium, silver, thallium, and vanadium.
EVALUATION OF DIGESTION AND ANALYSIS PROCEDURES FOR BERYLLIUM,
STRONTIUM, AND VANADIUM

     The general digestion procedure delineating the preparation of water,
sludge, and solid samples for the subsequent determination of metals had not
previously been verified for beryllium, strontium, and vanadium.  Consequently,
soil and water samples were spiked with salts of these metals and subjected to
the digestion procedure.
                                       282

-------
                        GENERAL SAMPLE DIGESTION PROCEDURES


1.   Pg VI-51 "Alicuots (100 g or 100 ml) from well mixed field samples... will
    be used for the analysis of metals".

    A.  The methods cited state to use 3 ml of concentrated nitric acid on the
        100 g of sample.   If the sample is primarily solid, 3 ml of acid will
        not wet the sample and will not adequately digest the sample.   A smaller
        aliquot (5-10 g)  should be taken for samples that are primarily solids.
        The referenced cited (SW-846) does state that 100 g or 100 ml  aliquots
        should be used for As, Cd, Ni, and Se.  .These methods should be corrected
        for cases where high solids samples are to be analyzed.

2.   Pg VI-51 "Thorium (Th)"

    A.  I believe that thallium (Tl) should be. listed here in place pf thorium
        (Th) .  Thallium is a priority pollutant metal and is listed under RCRA,
        whereas thorium is not.  Furthermore, the individual methods included
        in the manual include one for thallium, but not for thorium.

3.   Pg VI-51 "Most samples will be prepared for analysis by general HN03 diges-
    tion procedures as specified in the methods for each metal in SW-846,
    section 8, methods 8.50 to 8.60".

    A.  No method exists in SW-846 for beryllium, osmium, strontium, thallium
        (see No. 2) or vanadium, thus this reference is incomplete.

    E.  The methods given in SW-846 for arsenic and selenium involve HNO,- ^02
        digestion, not just nitric acid.

4.   Pg VI-51 "Pesticide waste samples containing high levels of organic materials,
    such as oil, greases or waxes, will be prepared by dissolving the  sample in
    an appropriate organic solvent or digesting the sample in nitric acid,
    sulfuric acid, hydrogen peroxide, and hydrochloric acid as specified in
    SW-846, Section 8, pages 8.49-7 to 8.49-11".
    A.  As stated in SW-846, pages 8.49-7 to 8.49-11. .The
        digestion is appropriate for As, Se, Hg, Cr, Cd, Ba, Pb, and Ag.  If
        a precipatate forms, special precautions are required for Ba, Pb, and
                               (continued)
                                    283

-------
        Ag since the formation of BaSO^,. PbSO^, or AgCl can occur if the cation
        concentrations are high enough to exceed the solubility product con-
        stant.   However, this procedure is not listed for analysis of antimony,
        beryllium, nickel, osmium, strontium, thallium (see No. 2), or vanadium.
        Thus, no method is provided for analysis of these elements in samples
        containing high levels of organics.

5.   Pg VI-51 "Other sample preparation procedures are given in the references".

    A.  The only reference given is to "Methods for Chemical Analysis of Water
        and Wastes", EPA-600/4-79-0200 (March 1979).  These methods are not
        applicable, in general, to samples containing high levels of organic
        material.
                           INDIVIDUAL METHODS OF.ANALYSIS


1.  Pg VI-139, Antimony

    A.  Under apparatus, hydride generator should be included since antimony
        forms a hydride and this is a very sensitive method for antimony
        analysis.

    B..  Under AA wavelength, either 206.8 nm or 231.1 nm should be specified •
        as alternate wavelengths if high concentrations of lead are present
        since the lead line at 217.0 nn can interfere.

    C.  Background correction should be required for graphite furnace analysis.

    D.  For complex samples, the method of standard additions should be re-
        quired for graphite furnace analysis.

    E.  From personal experience, the HN03 digestion does not provide quanti-
        tative recovery of spikes in many cases.  We have had much better luck
        using the HN03-H202 digestion specified for arsenic and selenium.

    F.  The ICAP detection limits can be improved dramatically if hydride gen-
        eration—ICAP is used.

    G.  References are missing.

2.  Pg VI-141, Arsenic

    A.  There are many ways to form a hydride other than using SnCl2 and zinc
        metal.  The most common method is to add NaBH^.  Other methods  should
        be included, if one is being specified.

    B.  The ashing temperature of 1100°C for arsenic  should only be ussd if
        nickel has been added to the sample  to prevent atomization of arsenic.
        This step should be included in the method write-up.
                               (continued)
                                     284

-------
    C.   Arsenic can be analyzed by ICAP, and this method should be included,
        along with the corresponding detection limits and working range.

    D.   Hydride generation—ICAP can also be used for arsenic.

    E.   Background correction is required for graphite furnace work.

   . F.   For complex samples, the method of standard additions should be re-
        quired for graphite furnace analysis.

3.  Pg VI-143, Barium

    A.   Background correction may prove useful in graphite furnace analysis,
        if appropriate background corrector is available at 553.6 rim (Tungsten
        Iodide lamp).

    B.   The method of standard additions is required for complex samples when
        using graphite furnace analysis.

    C.   References are missing.

4.  Pg VI-145, Beryllium

    A.   Background correction and standard additions is required for graphite
        furnace work.

    B.   References are missing.

5.  Pg VI-147, Cadmium

    A.   Same as 4A.

    B.   Reference 3, to ARL product literature, is inappropriate, particularly
        since no indication is given as to what information was taken  from
        that source.

6.  Pg VI-148, Chromium and Pg VI-153, Nickel

    A.   Same as 4A.

    B.   Same as 5B.

7.  Pg VI-149, Lead

    A.  Same as 4A.

    B.  References  are missing.

    C.  Lead can be  determined by hydride  generation—ICAP with detection limits
        approximately one,-tenth  of  direct  aspiration  ICAP.
                                 (continued)

                                     285

-------
 6.   Pg VI-151, Mercury

     A.  Mercury can be determined by hydride generation ICAP with a detection
         limit of approximately 2 vg/£.  It does not form a hydride, but can be
         reduced to the elemental form with NaBH^.

 9.   Pg VI-155, Osmium

     A.  Same as AA.

     B.  References required.

10.   Pg VI-157, Selenium

     A.  There are many ways to form the hydride other than SnCl2-Zinc.  Other
         options should be specified.

     B.  The ashing temperature of 1200°C can only be used if nickel has been
         added to the samples to prevent atomization of selenium.  This step
         should be included in the method write-up.

     C.  Selenium can be analyzed by ICAP, and this method should be included,
         along with the corresponding detection limits and working range.

     D.  Hydride generation—ICAP can also be used for selenium.

     E.  For complex samples, background correction and standard additions
         should be required for graphite furnace analysis.

     F.  References required.

11.   Pg VI-159, Silver

     A.  Silver does not form a hydride, thus listing a hydride  generator under
         apparatus is incorrect.

     B;  Same as AA.

     C.  References required.

12.   Pg VI-161, Strontium

     A.  Strontium does not form a hydride, thus no hydride generation should
         be  listed under apparatus.

     B.  Same as AA.

     C.  Same as 5B.

                                 (continued)
                                     286

-------
13.  ?g VI-162i  Thallium

     A.  Thallium does  not form a hydride,  thus no hydride generator should be
         listed  under  apparatus.

     B.  Same  as 4A.

     C.  Same  as 5B.

     D.  Under furnace parameters, dry temperature is given as 1250°C, should
         be  125eC.   .                •

14.  Pg VI-164,  Vanadium

     A.  Vanadium does not form a hydride,  thus no hydride generator should be
         listed, under  apparatus.

     £.  Same  as 4A.

     C.  References required.

      The  following pages correspond to the pages in the Methods Manual discussed in
the previous  editorial  and technical comments; appropriate revisions have been made
or indicated.
                                      287

-------
                                  Page VI-51



Method "Nuab'er:    P032

hathoc Naae:      Digestion Procedures for Metals

Basic Method:     Acid  Digestion

Matrix:           Aqueous
                  Sludge
                  Solid

Specific POHC/PIC from  Appendix VIII to which the method nay be applied:

                  Antimony (Sb)
                  Arsenic  (As)
                  Bariiia (Ba)
                  Beryllium (Se)*
                  Caesium  (.Cd)
                 __ Chromium (.Cr)
                 "Lead  (Pb)
                  Mercury  (Hg)
                  Nickel (Mi)
                  Osmium (.Qs)
                  Selenium (Se)
                  Silver (Ag)
                  Strontium (Sr)*
                  Thallium (Tl)*
                  Vanadium (V)*
 Method  Parameters:

      Aliquots  (lOOg or 100 mL or  5-10  g if  sample is  primarily solid)
      from veil mixed field samples  (Methods P001-P003;  wastewater,
      sludge,  and solids)  will be  used  for the analysis  of metals.

      Most samples will be prepared  for analysis by general EN03 digestion
      procedures as  specifed in the  methods  for Sb, Ba,  Cd, Cr, Pb,  Hg,  Ni,
      and  Ag in SW-846, Section 8, Methods 8.50 to 8.60  and by Hl^-^C^
      for  As,  Se, and Sb.   Pesticide waste samples containing high  levels
      of organic materials, such as  oil, greases or waxes will be.
      prepared  by dissolving the sample in an appropriate organic solvent
      or digesting the sample in nitric acid, sulfuric acid, hydrogen
      peroxide  and hydrochloric acid as specified in SW-846, Section 8,
      pages 8.49-7 to 8.49-11.  Special precautions, however, should be
      taken if  BaSOA, PbSO^, or AgCl precipitated.
      These elements were not  included in Method SW-846 list.  However,  Che
      method was found to be applicable to them based on work in Battelle
      laboratories.
                                     288

-------
                                 Page VI-39
Method Number:      A221

Method Name:        Antimony

Basic Method:       Atomic Spectroscopy

Matrix:             Solid and liquid wastes
                    Solid effluents
                    Scrubber waters

Specific  POHC/PIC from Appendix VIII to which method may be applied:

                    Antimony
                    Antimony Compounds N.O.S.

Apparatus:          ICAP Spectrometer
                    AA Spectrometer with burner and graphite furnace
                    Hydride generator

Analysis Method Parameters:

     ICAP:  Sample input via direct aspiration of solution
            Analytical Wavelengths - 206.8 and 187.1 nm

     AA:    Analytical Wavelength - 217.6 nm
                                    206.8 nm or 231.1 nm if  Pb  is  present
                                    at high concentration

            Furnace Parameters - Dry @ 125°C for 30 sec
                                 Ash @ 800°C for 30 sec
                                 Atomize @ 2700°C for 10 sec
                                 Argon gas purge
                                 Background correction

            Flame Conditions - Air - acetylene flame
                               flue lean

Detection Limits and Typical Working Range:

     ICAP:        0.1 mg/L; 0.5-100 mg/L and less if hydride generator
                  is used
     Furnace AA:  3 ug/L; 20-300 ug/L
     Flame AA:    0.2 mg/L; 1-40 mg/L
                                     289

-------
                                    Page VI-1A1
Method Number:     A222

Method Name:       Arsenic

Basic Method:      Atomic Spectroscopy

Matrix:            Solid and liquid wastes
                   Solid effluents
                   'Scrubber water

Specific POHC/PIC  from Appendix VIII  to which method  may  be applied:

                   Arsenic
                   Arsenic compounds  N.O.S.
                   Arsenic acid
                   Arsenic pentoxide
                   Arsenic trichloride
                   Benzene arsonic acid
                   Dichloro phenyl arsine
                   Diethy1 arsine

Apparatus:         AA spectrophotometer
                   Hydride generator
                   Graphite furnace

Analysis Method Parameters:

     AA:   Analytical Wavelength - 193.7 nm

     Hydride Generation:

          In generator add SnCl2 to form trivalent arsenic, then
             add  zinc metal to  form hydride.  NaBH^ can also be used
             to generate  the hydride.

          Flame Conditions - Argon - hydrogen flame

          Furnace Parameters -  Dry @ 125°C for 30 sec
                               Ash @ 1100°C for 30 sec (if nickel has been
                               added to prevent atomization of arsenic)
                               Atomize @ 2700°C for 10 sec
                               Argon purge
                               Background correction
                                     290

-------
                                Page  VI-143


Method Number:     A223

Method Name:       Barium

Basic Method:      Atomic spectroscopy

Matrix:            Solid and liquid  wastes
                   Solid effluents
                   Scrubber water

Specific POHC/PIC from Appendix VIII to which method may  be  applied:

                   Barium
                   Barium compounds  N.O.S.

Apparatus:         ICAP spectrometer
                   AA spectrometer with burner  and  graphite  furnace

Analysis Method Parameters:

     ICAP:   Sample input via direct  aspiration  of solution
             Analytical Wavelength -  455.4,  233.5 nm

     AA:.    Analytical Wavelength -  553.6  nm

             Furnace  Parameters - Dry 1258C - 30 sec
                                 Ash 1200°C -  30 sec
                                 Atomize  2800°C - 10  sec
                                 Argon purge gas
                                 Background correction  (Tungsten Iodide lamp)

             Flame Conditions - Nitrous oxide -  acetylene
                               Fuel rich

Detection Limits:

     ICAP:      2 ug/L; 0.010-10 mg/L
     Furnace:   2 ug/L; 10-200 ug/L
     Flame  AA:  0.1  mg/L; 1-20 mg/L
                                     291

-------
                                Page VI-145



Method Number:        A224

Method Name:          Beryllium

Basic Method:         Atomic spectroscopy

Matrix:               Solid and liquid wastes
                      Solid effluents
                      Scrubber water

Specific POHC/PIC from Appendix VIII to which method may be applied:

                      Beryllium
                      Beryllium compounds N.O.S.

Apparatus:            ICAP spectrophotometer
                      AA spectrophotometer with burner and graphite  furnace

Analysis Method Parameters:                          .                 ,

     ICAP:   Sample input via direct aspiration of solution
             Analytical Wavelengths - 313.0, 234.9 nm

    - AA:     Analytical Wavelength - 234.9 nm

             Furnace Parameters - Dry 125°C - 30 sec
                                 Ash 1000°C - 30 sec
                                 Atomize 2800°C - 10 sec
                                 Argon purge gas
                                 Background correction

             Flame Conditions - Nitrous oxide  -  acetylene
                               Fuel rich

 Detection  Limits:

      ICAP:            0.5 vg/L; 0.005-5 mg/L
      Furnace AA:      0.2 ug/L; 1-30 ug/L
      Flame AA:        5 ug/L; 0.05-2 mg/L
                                    292

-------
                                 Page VI-47.
Method Number:     A225

Method Name:       Cadmium

Basic Method:      Atomic spectroscopy

Matrix:            Solid and liquid wastes
                   Solid effluents
                   Scrubber water

Specific POHC/PIC from Appendix VIII  to which method may be applied:

                   Cadmium
                   Cadmium compounds  N.O.S.

Apparatus:

Analysis Method Parameters:

     ICAP:   Sample input via direct aspiration  of solution
             Analytical Wavelength - 226.5,  214.4 nm

     AA:     Analytical Wavelength - 228.8 nm

             Furnace  Parameters - Dry  125°C - 30 sec
                                 Ash  500°C - 30 sec
                                 Atomize  1900°C~- 10 sec
                                 Argon purge gas
                                 Background  correction

             Flame Conditions - Air - acetylene
                               Oxidizing

Detection  Limits:

     ICAP:         0.02 mg/L; 0.1-20 mg/L
     Furnace AA:   0.1 yg/L; 0.5-10 pg/L
     Flame AA:     5 pg/L; 0.05-2 mg/L

References:

     1.  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, "Test Methods for
         Evaluating  Solid Waste - Physical/Chemical Methods,"
         Report No.  SW-846 (1980).

     2.  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, "Methods for Chemical
         Analysis of Water and Wastes," EPA-600/4-79-020 (March 1979),
                                      293

-------
                                  Page VI-148
Method Number:     A226

Method Name:       Chromium

Basic Method:      Atomic spectroscopy

Matrix:            Solid and  liquid wastes
                   Solid effluents
                   Scrubber water

Specific POHC/PIC from Appendix VIII  to which method may be applied:

                   Chromium
                   Chromium compounds N.O.S.
                   Calcium chrornate

Apparatus:         ICAP spectrophotometer
                   AA spectrophotometer with  burner and graphite furnace

Analysis Method Parameters:

     ICAP:   Direct aspiration of sample solution
             Analytical Wavelength  -  267.7,  294.9 nm

     AA:     Analytical Wavelength  -  357.9  nm

             Furnace  Parameters - Dry  125°C --30 sec
                                 Ash  1000°C - 30 sec
                                 Atomize  2700°C - 10 sec
                                 Argon purge  gas
                                 Background correction

             Flame Conditions  - Nitrous oxide  - acetylene
                               Fuel rich

 Detection Limits:

      ICAP:         0.05 mg/L; 0.2-50'mg/L
      Furnace AA:    1 pg/L; 5-100 pg/L
      Flame AA:  .    0.05 mg/L; 0.5-10  mg/L

 References:

      1.   U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,  "Test Methods for
          Evaluating Solid Waste -  Physical/Chemical Methods,"
          Report  No.  SW-846  (1980).

      2.   U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,  "Methods  for Chemical
          Analysis  of Water and Wastes," EPA-600/4-79-020 (March 1979).
                                      294

-------
                                 Page VI-149
Method Number:     A227

Method Name:       Lead

Basic Method:      Atomic spectroscopy

Matrix:            Solid and liquid wastes
                   Solid effluents
                   Scrubber water

Specific POHC/PIC from Appendix VIII to which method may be applied:

                   Lead
                   Lead compounds N.O.S.
                   Lead acetate
                   Lead phosphate
                   Lead subacetate
                   Tetraethyl  lead

Apparatus:    •     ICAP spectrophotometer
                   AA spectrophotometer with burner and graphite furnace

Analysis Method Parameters:

     ICAP:   Direct aspiration  of sample solution
             Analytical Wavelengths - 220.3, 217.0 nm

     AA:     Analytical Wavelength - 217.0 nm

             Furnace Parameters - Dry 125°C - 30 sec
                                 Ash 500°C - 30 sec
                                 Atomize - 2700°C - 10 sec
                                 Argon purge gas
                                 Background correction

             Flame Conditions - Acetylene - air
                               Oxidizing

 Detection  Limits:

      ICAP:        0.1 mg/L; 1-100 mg/L
      Furnace AA:  1 ug/L; 5-100 ug/L
      Flame AA:    0.1 mg/L; 1-20 mg/L
                                     295

-------
                                Page VI-153



Method Number:     A229

Method Name:       Nickel

Basic Method:      Atomic spectroscopy

Matrix:    .        Solid and liquid wastes
                   Solid effluents
                   Scrubber water

Specific POHC/PIC from Appendix VIII to which method may be applied:

                   Nickel
                   Nickel compounds N.O.S.
                   Nickel carbonyl

Apparatus:         AA spectrophotometer with burner and graphite furnace
                   ICAP spectrophotometer
Analysis Method Parameters:

     ICAP:    Direct aspiration of sample solution
              Analytical Wavelengths - 231.6, 227.0 nm

     AA:      Analytical Wavelength - 232.0 nm

              Furnace Parameters - Dry 125°C - 30 sec
                                   Ash 900°C - 30 sec
                                   Atomize - 2700°C - 10 sec
                                   Argon purge gas
                                   Background correction

              Flame Conditions - Air -  acetylene
                                 Oxidizing
                                    296

-------
                                Page  VI-157



Method Number:     A231

Method Name:       Selenium

Basic Method:      Atomic spectroscopy

Matrix:            Solid and liquid wastes
                   Solid effluents
                   Scrubber waters

Specific POHC/PIC from Appendix VIII to which method may be applied:

                   Selenium
                   Selenium compounds N.O.S.
                   Selenious acid
                   Selenium sulfide
                   Selenourea

Apparatus:         AA spectrometer with graphite furnace
                   Hydride generator

Analysis Method Parameters: •

     AA:  Analytical Wavelength - 196.0 nm

     Hydride Generation:
          Reduction with SnCl2 or
          Zinc metal added to drive off hydride.
          Flame - argon - hydrogen

          Furnace Parameters - Dry 125°C - 30 sec
                               Ash 1200°C - 30 sec
                               Atomize 2700°C - 10 sec
                               Argon purge gas
                               Background correction
Detection Limits:

     Hydride Generation - <1 ug/L; 2-20 ug/L
     Furnace AA - 2 ug/L; 5-100  ug/L
                                   297

-------
                                Page  VI-159
Method Number:     A232

Method Name:       Silver

Basic Method:      Atomic spectroscopy

Matrix:            Solid and liquid wastes
                   Solid effluents
                   Scrubber waters

Specific POHC/PIC from Appendix VIII to which method may be applied:

                   Silver
                   Silver compounds N.O.S.

Apparatus:         AA spectrometer with graphite furnace


Analysis Method Parameters:

     ICAP:   Direct aspiration of sample solution
             Analytical Wavelength - 328.1, 224.6 no

     AA:     Analytical Wavelength - 328.1 nm

             Furnace Parameters - Dry 125°C - 30 sec
                                  Ash 400°C - 30 sec
                                  Atomize 2700°C .- 10 sec
                                  Argon purge
                                  Background correction
             Flame Conditions - Acetylene - air
                                Oxidizing

Detection Limits:

     ICAP:         0.01 mg/L; 0.1-50 mg/L
     Furnace AA:   0.2 ug/L; 1-25 ug/L
     Flame  AA:     0.01 mg/L; 0.1-4'mg/L
                                    298

-------
                              Page VI-161



Method Number:     A233

Method Name:       Strontium

Basic Method:      Atomic-.spectroscopy

Matrix:            Solid and liquid wastes
                   Solid effluents
                   Scrubber waters

Specific POHC/PIC from Appendix VIII to which method may be applied:

                   Strontium sulfide

Apparatus:         AA spectrometer with graphite furnace


Analysis Method Parameters:

     ICAP:  Analytical Wavelengths - 407.8, 346.4 nm

     AA:    Analytical Wavelength - 460.7 nm

            Furnace Parameters - Dry 125°C - 30 sec
                                 Ash 10008G - 30 sec
                                 Atomize 2500°C - 10 sec
                                 Argon purge gas
                                 Background -correction
            Flame Conditions -   Nitrous oxide/acetylene flame
                                 Fuel lean

Detection Limits:

     ICAP:         2 yg/L; 0.05-10 mg/L
     Furnace  AA:   .2 yg/L;  . 4-+20 yg/L
     Flame AA:     .08 mg/L; .2+5 mg/L

References:

     1.  U.S.  Environmental  Protection Agency, "Test Methods  for
         Evaluating Solid Waste - Physical/Chemical Methods,"
         Report No. SW-846  (1980).

     2.  U.S.  Environmental  Protection Agency, "Methods for Chemical
         Analysis of Water and Wastes,"  EPA-600/4-79-020  (March  1979)
                                    299

-------
                                Page VI-169
                       POHC/PIC ANALYSIS METHOD
Method Number:

Method Name:

Basic Method:

Matrix:
A234

Thallium   .

Atomic Spectroscopy

Solid and liquid wastes
Solid effluents
Scrubber waters
Specific'POHC/PIC from Appendix VIII to which method may be applied:

                 Thallium
                 Thallium compound, NOS
                 Thallic oxide
                 Thallium(I)acetate
                 Thallium(I)carbonate
                 Thallium(I)chlo rid e
                 Thallium(I)nitrate
                 Thallium selenite .
                 Thallium(I)sulfate
Apparatus:
AA spectrometer with graphite furnace
Analysis Method Parameters:

     ICAP:   Analytical Wavelengths --190.9, 351.9 nm

     AA:     Analytical Wavelength - 276.8 nm

             Furnace Parameters - Dry 125°C - 30 sec
                                  Ash 400°C - 30 sec
                                  Atomize 2400"C - 10 sec
                                  Argon purge gas
                                  Background correction
             Flame Conditions - Air - acetylene
                                Oxidizing
                                   300

-------
                                Page VI-163
Detection Limits:
     ICAP:         0.1 ng/L; 1-100 mg/L
     Furnace AA:   1 ug/L; 5-100 ug/L
     Flame AA:     0.1 mg/L; 1-20 mg/L
References:
     1.  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, "Test Methods for
         Evaluating Solid Waste - Physical/Chemical Methods,"
         Report No. SW-846 (1980).

     2.  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, "Methods for Chemical
         Analysis of Water and Wastes," EPA-600/4-79-020 (March 1979)
                                    301

-------
                                Page VI-164
Method Number:   •  A235

Mechod Name:       Vanadium  •

Basic Mechod:      Atomic spectroscopy

Matrix:            Solid and liquid wastes
                   Solid effluents
                   Scrubber waters

Specific POHC/PIC from Appendix VIII to which method may be applied:

                   Vanadic acid, ammonium salt
                   Vanadium pentoxide

Apparatus:         AA spectrometer with graphite furnace


Analysis Method Parameters:

     ICAP:  Analytical Wavelengths - 309.3, 214.0 nm

    .AA:    Analytical Wavelengths - 318.4 nm

            Furnace Parameters.- Dry 125°C - 30 sec
                                 Ash 1400°C - 30 sec
                                 Atomize 2800°C - 15 sec
                                 Argon purge gas
                                 Background correction
            Flame Conditions - Nitrous oxide - acetylene
                               Fuel rich

Detection Limits:

     ICAP:         0.01 mg/L; 0.1-150 mg/L
     Furnace  AA:   4 ug/L; 10-200 ug/L
     Flame  AA:     0.2 mg/L; 2-100 mg/L
                                      302

-------
Digestion Procedure for Metals in Water

     Transfer 250 mL of Che well-mixed acid-preserved sample Co a Griffin
beaker.  Add 3 mL of concenCraCed HN03-  Place Che beaker on a hoc plate and
evaporaCe Co approximately 5 mL cautiously, making cerCain Chat Che sample does
not boil.  Cool the beaker with a watch glass and return to the hot plaCe.
Increase the temperature of the hot plate so that a gentle reflux action
occurs.  Continue heating, adding addicional acid as necessary, uncil  Che
digesCion is compleCe (generally indicaCed when Che digestate is lighc  in color
or does not change in appearance with continued refluxing.)  Again, evaporate
to near dryness (1 to 2 mL) and cool the beaker.  Add 1.5 mL of concentrated
HC1 and 5 mL of deionized, distilled water and warm the beaker gently  for
15 rain to dissolve and precipitate or residue resulting from evaporation.
Allow to cool, wash down the beaker walls and watch glass with deionized, dis-
tilled water, and filCer the sample to remove insoluble material that  could
clog the nebuliz.er.  Dilute to a final volume of 25 mL in a volumetric  flask
with deionized, distilled water.  The sample is now ready for analysis.
Aspirate the sample and calibration standards into the ICAP following  the manu-
facturer's recommendations.  Calibrate the instrument with calibration
standards and set readout for direct output of concentration units.  Analyze
samples and the method blank (a distilled-water blank taken through the entire
procedure above for the samples).  Concentrations so determined shall  be
reported as "total."


Digesti-on Procedure for Metals in Soil

     Weigh out 5.00 g of the dried soil sample into a 150-mL beaker.   Add 10 mi.,
of deionized, distilled water and 5.0 mL of concentrated nitric acid.   Digest
on a hot plate at 90 °C fir 3 h (do not boil).  Filter into a 50-mL volumetric
flask through White Ribbon 589 paper, with pulp, and wash and dilute to volume
with deionized, distilled water.  Shake well and remove a 5-mL aliquot, placing
the aliquot in another 50-mL volumetric flask.  Add 4.5 mL of concentrated
nitric acid and dilute to the mark with deionized, distilled water.  The sample
is now ready for analysis.  Aspirate the samples and calibration standards into
the ICAP following the manufacturer's recommendations.  Calibrate the  instru-
ment with calibration standards and set to readout for direct output of concen-
tration units.  Analyze samples and the method blank (a distilled-water blank
taken through the above acid digestion).

     The results obCained wich Che digesCion and analysis procedure are pre-
sented in Tables D-2 and D-3.  In general, the results obtained with spiked
,/ater samples were accurate and precise except for occasional high values
obtained with the unspiked water samples.  The resulCs of the analysis  of the
soil samples were generally precise, but were biased by high responses  to
unspiked samples.  Presumably the unspiked soil samples contained measurable
quantities of the three metals.  These blank responses were especially  high for
vanadium determinations.  After correction for the average response to  unspiked
soil samples, the determinations of beryllium and strontium were generally
acceptable, with recoveries ranging from 89 to 100%.  The recoveries of vana-
dium calculated afcer correccion for Che blank responses were less accurate and
ranged from 70 to 87%.
                                       303

-------
        TABLE D-2.   EVALUATION OF RECOMMENDED DIGESTION AND ANALYSIS
                    PROCEDURES FOR BERYLLIUM, STRONTIUM, AND
                    VANADIUM IN SPIKED WATER SAMPLES
Test
concn,
Element Mg/L
Be 0.
5.
10.
20
50
100
Sr 0.
5.
10.
20
.50
100
V . 0.
5.
10.
20
50
100
0
0
0



0
0
0



0
0 .
0



Observed
specified

0
4
9
20
49
99
1
4
9
19
48
95
0
5
9
19
47
93
1
.0
.8
;8



.2
.8
.6



.0
.3
.5



2
0.0
4.9
9.9
20
51
100
0.1
4.8
9.7
19
50
98
0.0
4.7
9.5
20
50
98
concn for
sample,3 pg/L
3
0.0
4.8
9.4
19
49
95
0.1
4.8
9.6
19
50
96
0.0
4.4
9.0
19
48
95
4
0.2
4.8
9.9
20
51
100
3.0
5.7
11.0
21
51
100
3.1
.5.8
11.0
21
50
99
Avg observed
concn," Mg/L
0
4
9
20
50
99
1
5
10
' 20
50
97
0
5
9
20
49
96
.0
.8
.8



.1 .
.0
.0



.8
.1
.8



RSD,
ey

1.
2.
2.
2.
2.

9.
6.
5.
2.
2.

12.
8.
4.
3.
2.

0
4
5
3
4

0
9
1
5
3

4
9
8
1
9
Avg
Recovery ,
—
96
98
100
100
99
—
100
100
100
100
97
—
102
98
100
98
96

Results have not been corrected for responses to unspiked water samples.

[(Avg observed concn)/(test concn)] x 100.
                                      304

-------
         TABLE D-3.  EVALUATION OF RECOMMENDED DIGESTION AND ANALYSIS
                     PROCEDURES FOR BERYLLIUM, STRONTIUM, AND
                     VANADIUM IN SPIKED SOIL SAMPLES

Element
Be





Sr





V





Test
concn,
yg/L
0.0
5.0
10.0
20
50
100
0.0
5.0
10.0
20
50
100
0.0
5.0
10.3
20
50
100
Observed concn for
specified sample, a ug/L '
1
1.3
5.9
10.0
20
48
96
13
18
22
31
60
100
57
61
63
70
99
140
2
1.2
5.8
10.0
20
48
95
13
17
22
31
60
110
57
62
66
72
100
150
3
1.5
6.0
. .11.0
20
49
97
13
17
22
30
62
100
57
59
63
69
93
.,140
4
1.4
5.9
10.0
20
49
95
14
18
24
32
61
110
54
58
64
68.
98
140
Avg observed
concn, yg/L
1.4
5.9
10.3
20
49
96
13 -"
18
22
31
61
108
56
60
64
70
98
143
RSD,
9.6
1.4
4.5
0.0
1.2
1.0
3.8
3.3
4.4
2.6
1.6
4.5"
2.7
3.0
2.2
2.4
3.2
3.5
Avg
recovery,
-
90
89
93
95
95
- —
100
90
90
96
95
—
80
80
70
83
87

Results have not been corrected for responses to unspiked soil samples.

[(Avg observed concn)/(test concn)] x 100.  This value has been corrected for
the responses to the unspiked soil samples.
                                       305

-------